1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false, 68 bool AllowTemplates = false, 69 bool AllowNonTemplates = true) 70 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 71 AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) { 72 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 73 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 74 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 75 } 76 77 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 78 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 79 if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl()) 80 return false; 81 82 if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND)) 83 return AllowTemplates; 84 85 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 86 if (!IsType) 87 return false; 88 89 if (AllowNonTemplates) 90 return true; 91 92 // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid 93 // as a template or as a non-template. 94 if (AllowTemplates) { 95 auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND); 96 if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName()) 97 return false; 98 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext()); 99 return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() || 100 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD); 101 } 102 103 return false; 104 } 105 106 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 107 } 108 109 private: 110 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 111 bool WantClassName; 112 bool AllowTemplates; 113 bool AllowNonTemplates; 114 }; 115 116 } // end anonymous namespace 117 118 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 119 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 120 switch (Kind) { 121 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 122 // token kind is a valid type specifier 123 case tok::kw_short: 124 case tok::kw_long: 125 case tok::kw___int64: 126 case tok::kw___int128: 127 case tok::kw_signed: 128 case tok::kw_unsigned: 129 case tok::kw_void: 130 case tok::kw_char: 131 case tok::kw_int: 132 case tok::kw_half: 133 case tok::kw_float: 134 case tok::kw_double: 135 case tok::kw___float128: 136 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 137 case tok::kw_bool: 138 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 139 case tok::kw___auto_type: 140 return true; 141 142 case tok::annot_typename: 143 case tok::kw_char16_t: 144 case tok::kw_char32_t: 145 case tok::kw_typeof: 146 case tok::annot_decltype: 147 case tok::kw_decltype: 148 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 149 150 default: 151 break; 152 } 153 154 return false; 155 } 156 157 namespace { 158 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 159 NotFound, 160 FoundNonType, 161 FoundType 162 }; 163 } // end anonymous namespace 164 165 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 166 /// dependent class. 167 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 168 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 169 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 170 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 171 SourceLocation NameLoc, 172 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 173 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 174 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 175 // Look for type decls in base classes. 176 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 177 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 178 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 179 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 180 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 181 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 182 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 183 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 184 // templates. 185 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 186 continue; 187 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 188 if (!TD) 189 continue; 190 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 191 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 192 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 193 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 194 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 195 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 196 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 197 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 198 BaseRD = PS; 199 } 200 } 201 } 202 if (BaseRD) { 203 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 204 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 205 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 206 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 207 } 208 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 209 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 210 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 211 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 212 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 213 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 214 break; 215 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 216 break; 217 } 218 } 219 } 220 } 221 222 return FoundTypeDecl; 223 } 224 225 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 226 const IdentifierInfo &II, 227 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 228 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 229 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 230 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 231 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 232 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 233 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 234 DC = DC->getParent()) { 235 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 236 // templates. 237 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 238 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 239 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 240 } 241 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 242 return nullptr; 243 244 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 245 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 246 // lookup during template instantiation. 247 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 248 249 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 250 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 251 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 252 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 253 254 CXXScopeSpec SS; 255 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 256 257 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 258 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 259 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 260 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 261 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 262 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 263 } 264 265 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 266 /// return the declaration of that type. 267 /// 268 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 269 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 270 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 271 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 272 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 273 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 274 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 275 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 276 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 277 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 278 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 279 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext, 280 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 281 // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension. 282 bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext && 283 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 284 !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot; 285 286 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 287 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 288 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 289 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 290 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 291 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 292 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 293 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 294 295 if (!LookupCtx) { 296 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 297 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 298 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 299 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 300 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 301 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 302 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 303 // 304 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 305 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 306 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 307 return nullptr; 308 309 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 310 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 311 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 312 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 313 314 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 315 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 316 II, NameLoc); 317 return ParsedType::make(T); 318 } 319 320 return nullptr; 321 } 322 323 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 324 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 325 return nullptr; 326 } 327 328 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 329 // lookup for class-names. 330 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 331 LookupOrdinaryName; 332 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 333 if (LookupCtx) { 334 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 335 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 336 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 337 // nested-name-specifier. 338 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 339 340 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 341 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 342 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 343 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 344 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 345 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 346 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 347 LookupName(Result, S); 348 } 349 } else { 350 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 351 LookupName(Result, S); 352 353 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 354 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 355 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 356 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 357 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 358 return TypeInBase; 359 } 360 } 361 362 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 363 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 364 case LookupResult::NotFound: 365 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 366 if (CorrectedII) { 367 TypoCorrection Correction = 368 CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 369 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 370 true, isClassName, AllowDeducedTemplate), 371 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 372 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 373 TemplateTy Template; 374 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 375 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 376 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 377 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 378 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 379 if (SS && NNS) { 380 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 381 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 382 } 383 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 384 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 385 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 386 // is handled elsewhere). 387 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 388 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 389 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 390 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 391 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 392 IsCtorOrDtorName, 393 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 394 IsClassTemplateDeductionContext); 395 if (Ty) { 396 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 397 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 398 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 399 if (SS && NNS) 400 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 401 *CorrectedII = NewII; 402 return Ty; 403 } 404 } 405 } 406 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 407 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 408 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 409 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 410 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 411 return nullptr; 412 413 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 414 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 415 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 416 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 417 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 418 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 419 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 420 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 421 return nullptr; 422 } 423 424 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 425 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 426 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 427 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) || 428 (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) { 429 if (!IIDecl || 430 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 431 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 432 IIDecl = *Res; 433 } 434 } 435 436 if (!IIDecl) { 437 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 438 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 439 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 440 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 441 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 442 // a type name. 443 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 444 return nullptr; 445 } 446 447 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 448 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 449 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 450 // perform the name lookup again. 451 break; 452 453 case LookupResult::Found: 454 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 455 break; 456 } 457 458 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 459 460 QualType T; 461 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 462 // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name 463 // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class. 464 // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name. 465 auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx); 466 auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD); 467 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD && 468 FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() && 469 declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent()))) 470 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor) 471 << &II << /*Type*/1; 472 473 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 474 475 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 476 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 477 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 478 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 479 if (!HasTrailingDot) 480 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 481 } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) { 482 if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) 483 T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD), 484 QualType(), false); 485 } 486 487 if (T.isNull()) { 488 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 489 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 490 return nullptr; 491 } 492 493 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 494 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 495 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 496 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 497 !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 498 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 499 // Construct a type with type-source information. 500 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 501 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 502 503 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 504 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 505 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 506 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 507 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 508 } else { 509 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 510 } 511 } 512 513 return ParsedType::make(T); 514 } 515 516 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 517 static NestedNameSpecifier * 518 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 519 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 520 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 521 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 522 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 523 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 524 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 525 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 526 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 527 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 528 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 529 } 530 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 531 } 532 533 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 534 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 535 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 536 /// correctly rejects. 537 static const CXXRecordDecl * 538 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 539 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 540 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 541 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 542 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 543 return MD->getParent(); 544 } 545 return nullptr; 546 } 547 548 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 549 SourceLocation NameLoc, 550 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 551 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 552 553 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 554 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 555 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 556 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 557 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 558 // lookup is retried. 559 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 560 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 561 // name specifiers. 562 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 563 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 564 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 565 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 566 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 567 // instantiation time. 568 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 569 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 570 571 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 572 // template instantiation. 573 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 574 << RD; 575 } else { 576 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 577 return ParsedType(); 578 } 579 580 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 581 582 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 583 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 584 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 585 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 586 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 587 588 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 589 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 590 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 591 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 592 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 593 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 594 } 595 596 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 597 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 598 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 599 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 600 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 601 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 602 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 603 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 604 LookupName(R, S, false); 605 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 606 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 607 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 608 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 609 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 610 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 611 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 612 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 613 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 614 } 615 } 616 617 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 618 } 619 620 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 621 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 622 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 623 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 624 /// @code 625 /// template<class T> class A { 626 /// public: 627 /// typedef int TYPE; 628 /// }; 629 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 630 /// public: 631 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 632 /// }; 633 /// @endcode 634 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 635 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 636 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 637 return true; 638 639 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 640 641 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 642 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 643 if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 644 return true; 645 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 646 } 647 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 648 } 649 650 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 651 SourceLocation IILoc, 652 Scope *S, 653 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 654 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 655 bool IsTemplateName) { 656 // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders. 657 if (II->isEditorPlaceholder()) 658 return; 659 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 660 SuggestedType = nullptr; 661 662 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 663 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 664 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 665 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 666 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 667 false, false, IsTemplateName, !IsTemplateName), 668 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 669 // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case. 670 bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName; 671 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 672 // We corrected to a keyword. 673 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 674 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 675 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 676 << II); 677 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 678 } else { 679 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 680 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 681 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 682 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 683 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 684 << II, CanRecover); 685 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 686 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 687 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 688 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 689 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 690 PDiag(IsTemplateName 691 ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest 692 : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 693 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(), 694 CanRecover); 695 } else { 696 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 697 } 698 699 if (!CanRecover) 700 return; 701 702 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 703 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 704 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 705 SourceRange(IILoc)); 706 // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here. 707 SuggestedType = 708 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 709 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 710 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 711 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 712 } 713 return; 714 } 715 716 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) { 717 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 718 UnqualifiedId Name; 719 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 720 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 721 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 722 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 723 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 724 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 725 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 726 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 727 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) 728 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TplName) << TplName; 729 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 730 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 731 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 732 } 733 return; 734 } 735 } 736 737 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 738 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 739 740 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 741 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template 742 : diag::err_unknown_typename) 743 << II; 744 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 745 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template 746 : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 747 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 748 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 749 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 750 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 751 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 752 753 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 754 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 755 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 756 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 757 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 758 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 759 } else { 760 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 761 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 762 } 763 } 764 765 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 766 /// or 767 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 768 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 769 NextToken.is(tok::less); 770 771 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 772 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 773 return true; 774 775 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 776 return true; 777 } 778 779 return false; 780 } 781 782 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 783 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 784 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 785 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 786 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 787 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 788 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 789 StringRef FixItTagName; 790 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 791 case TTK_Class: 792 FixItTagName = "class "; 793 break; 794 795 case TTK_Enum: 796 FixItTagName = "enum "; 797 break; 798 799 case TTK_Struct: 800 FixItTagName = "struct "; 801 break; 802 803 case TTK_Interface: 804 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 805 break; 806 807 case TTK_Union: 808 FixItTagName = "union "; 809 break; 810 } 811 812 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 813 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 814 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 815 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 816 817 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 818 I != IEnd; ++I) 819 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 820 << Name << TagName; 821 822 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 823 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 824 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 825 return true; 826 } 827 828 return false; 829 } 830 831 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 832 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 833 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 834 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 835 836 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 837 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 838 839 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 840 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 841 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 842 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 843 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 844 } 845 846 Sema::NameClassification 847 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 848 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 849 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 850 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 851 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 852 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 853 854 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 855 NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation()); 856 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false); 857 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() && 858 isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) { 859 // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the 860 // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that. 861 // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser 862 // will reject it later. 863 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 864 } 865 866 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 867 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 868 869 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 870 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 871 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 872 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 873 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 874 return TypeInBase; 875 } 876 877 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 878 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 879 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 880 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 881 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 882 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 883 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 884 return E; 885 } 886 887 bool SecondTry = false; 888 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 889 890 Corrected: 891 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 892 case LookupResult::NotFound: 893 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 894 // call. 895 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 896 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 897 // FIXME: Reference? 898 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 899 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 900 901 // C90 6.3.2.2: 902 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 903 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 904 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 905 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 906 // the function call, the declaration 907 // 908 // extern int identifier (); 909 // 910 // appeared. 911 // 912 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 913 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 914 Result.addDecl(D); 915 Result.resolveKind(); 916 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 917 } 918 } 919 920 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 921 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 922 // "struct", or "union". 923 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 924 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 925 break; 926 } 927 928 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 929 // close to this name. 930 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 931 SecondTry = true; 932 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 933 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 934 &SS, std::move(CCC), 935 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 936 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 937 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 938 939 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 940 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 941 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 942 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 943 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 944 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 945 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 946 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 947 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 948 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 949 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 950 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 951 } 952 953 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 954 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 955 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 956 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 957 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 958 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 959 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 960 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 961 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 962 } 963 964 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 965 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 966 967 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 968 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 969 return Name; 970 971 // Also update the LookupResult... 972 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 973 Result.clear(); 974 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 975 if (FirstDecl) 976 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 977 978 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 979 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 980 // reference the ivar. 981 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 982 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 983 Result.clear(); 984 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 985 return E; 986 } 987 988 goto Corrected; 989 } 990 } 991 992 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 993 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 994 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 995 996 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 997 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 998 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 999 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 1000 1001 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 1002 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 1003 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 1004 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 1005 // qualified by the keyword typename. 1006 // 1007 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 1008 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 1009 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 1010 // keyword here. 1011 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 1012 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 1013 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 1014 } 1015 1016 case LookupResult::Found: 1017 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 1018 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 1019 break; 1020 1021 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 1022 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1023 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 1024 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 1025 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 1026 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 1027 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 1028 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 1029 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 1030 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 1031 // ambiguous. 1032 // 1033 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 1034 // so try again after filtering out template names. 1035 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1036 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 1037 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 1038 break; 1039 } 1040 } 1041 1042 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 1043 return NameClassification::Error(); 1044 } 1045 1046 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1047 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 1048 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 1049 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 1050 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 1051 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 1052 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 1053 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 1054 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 1055 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1056 1057 if (!Result.empty()) { 1058 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 1059 bool IsVarTemplate; 1060 TemplateName Template; 1061 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 1062 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1063 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 1064 Result.end()); 1065 } else { 1066 TemplateDecl *TD 1067 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 1068 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 1069 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 1070 1071 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 1072 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 1073 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 1074 TD); 1075 else 1076 Template = TemplateName(TD); 1077 } 1078 1079 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1080 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1081 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1082 // to based on which function we selected. 1083 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1084 1085 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1086 } 1087 1088 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1089 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1090 } 1091 } 1092 1093 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1094 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1095 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1096 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1097 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1098 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1099 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1100 return ParsedType::make(T); 1101 } 1102 1103 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1104 if (!Class) { 1105 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1106 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1107 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1108 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1109 } 1110 1111 if (Class) { 1112 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1113 1114 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1115 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1116 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1117 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1118 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1119 } 1120 1121 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1122 return ParsedType::make(T); 1123 } 1124 1125 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1126 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && 1127 !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1128 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1129 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1130 1131 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1132 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1133 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1134 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1135 (NextIsOp && 1136 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1137 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1138 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1139 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1140 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1141 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1142 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1143 return ParsedType::make(T); 1144 } 1145 1146 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1147 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1148 nullptr, S); 1149 1150 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1151 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1152 } 1153 1154 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics 1155 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) { 1156 auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 1157 if (!TD) 1158 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1159 if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1160 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate; 1161 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1162 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate; 1163 if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1164 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate; 1165 if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1166 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate; 1167 if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD)) 1168 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam; 1169 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1170 } 1171 1172 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1173 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1174 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1175 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1176 1177 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1178 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1179 // the context we'll need to return to. 1180 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1181 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1182 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1183 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1184 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1185 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1186 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1187 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1188 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1189 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1190 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1191 1192 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1193 // lexical context. 1194 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1195 return DC; 1196 1197 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1198 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1199 // class is the context we need to return to. 1200 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1201 DC = RD; 1202 1203 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1204 // declared in. 1205 return DC; 1206 } 1207 1208 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1209 } 1210 1211 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1212 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1213 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1214 CurContext = DC; 1215 S->setEntity(DC); 1216 } 1217 1218 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1219 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1220 1221 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1222 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1223 } 1224 1225 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1226 Decl *D) { 1227 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1228 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1229 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1230 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1231 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1232 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1233 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1234 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1235 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1236 return Result; 1237 } 1238 1239 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1240 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1241 } 1242 1243 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1244 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1245 /// 1246 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1247 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1248 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1249 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1250 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1251 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1252 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1253 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1254 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1255 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1256 // namespace. 1257 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1258 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1259 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1260 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1261 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1262 1263 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1264 1265 #ifndef NDEBUG 1266 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1267 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1268 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1269 #endif 1270 1271 CurContext = DC; 1272 S->setEntity(DC); 1273 } 1274 1275 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1276 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1277 1278 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1279 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1280 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1281 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1282 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1283 1284 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1285 // disappear. 1286 } 1287 1288 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1289 // We assume that the caller has already called 1290 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1291 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1292 if (!FD) 1293 return; 1294 1295 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1296 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1297 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1298 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1299 CurContext = FD; 1300 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1301 1302 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1303 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1304 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1305 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1306 S->AddDecl(Param); 1307 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1308 } 1309 } 1310 } 1311 1312 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1313 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1314 // rather than the top-level class. 1315 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1316 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1317 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1318 } 1319 1320 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1321 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1322 /// 1323 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1324 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1325 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1326 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1327 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1328 /// attribute. 1329 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1330 ASTContext &Context) { 1331 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1332 return true; 1333 1334 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1335 return true; 1336 1337 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1338 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1339 } 1340 1341 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1342 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1343 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1344 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1345 // scope. 1346 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1347 S = S->getParent(); 1348 1349 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1350 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1351 // into any context. 1352 if (AddToContext) 1353 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1354 1355 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1356 // are function-local declarations. 1357 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1358 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1359 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1360 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1361 return; 1362 1363 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1364 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1365 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1366 return; 1367 1368 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1369 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1370 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1371 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1372 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1373 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1374 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1375 1376 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1377 break; 1378 } 1379 } 1380 1381 S->AddDecl(D); 1382 1383 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1384 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1385 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1386 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1387 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1388 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1389 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1390 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1391 continue; 1392 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1393 break; 1394 } 1395 1396 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1397 } else { 1398 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1399 } 1400 } 1401 1402 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1403 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1404 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1405 } 1406 1407 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1408 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1409 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1410 } 1411 1412 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1413 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1414 do { 1415 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1416 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1417 return S; 1418 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1419 1420 return nullptr; 1421 } 1422 1423 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1424 DeclContext*, 1425 ASTContext&); 1426 1427 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1428 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1429 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1430 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1431 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1432 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1433 while (F.hasNext()) { 1434 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1435 1436 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1437 continue; 1438 1439 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1440 continue; 1441 1442 F.erase(); 1443 } 1444 1445 F.done(); 1446 } 1447 1448 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1449 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1450 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1451 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1452 } 1453 1454 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1455 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1456 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1457 while (F.hasNext()) 1458 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1459 F.erase(); 1460 1461 F.done(); 1462 } 1463 1464 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1465 /// @code 1466 /// class S { 1467 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1468 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1469 /// }; 1470 /// @endcode 1471 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1472 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1473 // the decl here. 1474 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1475 return false; 1476 1477 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1478 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1479 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1480 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1481 return false; 1482 } 1483 1484 // We need this to handle 1485 // 1486 // typedef struct { 1487 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1488 // } A; 1489 // 1490 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1491 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1492 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1493 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1494 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1495 // not. 1496 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1497 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1498 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1499 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1500 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1501 return true; 1502 } 1503 DC = DC->getParent(); 1504 } 1505 1506 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1507 } 1508 1509 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1510 // these semantics. 1511 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1512 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1513 return false; 1514 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1515 } 1516 1517 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1518 assert(D); 1519 1520 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1521 return false; 1522 1523 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1524 // of members of class templates. 1525 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1526 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1527 return false; 1528 1529 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1530 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1531 return false; 1532 // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly 1533 // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in. 1534 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1535 FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) 1536 return false; 1537 1538 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1539 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1540 return false; 1541 } else { 1542 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1543 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1544 return false; 1545 } 1546 1547 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1548 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1549 return false; 1550 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1551 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1552 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1553 // like "inline".) 1554 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1555 return false; 1556 1557 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1558 return false; 1559 1560 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1561 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1562 return false; 1563 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1564 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1565 VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine()) 1566 return false; 1567 1568 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1569 return false; 1570 } else { 1571 return false; 1572 } 1573 1574 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1575 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1576 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1577 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1578 } 1579 1580 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1581 if (!D) 1582 return; 1583 1584 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1585 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1586 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1587 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1588 } 1589 1590 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1591 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1592 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1593 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1594 } 1595 1596 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1597 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1598 } 1599 1600 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1601 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1602 return false; 1603 1604 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1605 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1606 return false; 1607 1608 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1609 return true; 1610 1611 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1612 // functions. 1613 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1614 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1615 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1616 WithinFunction = 1617 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1618 if (!WithinFunction) 1619 return false; 1620 1621 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1622 return true; 1623 1624 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1625 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1626 return false; 1627 1628 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1629 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1630 1631 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1632 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); 1633 1634 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1635 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1636 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1637 return false; 1638 } 1639 1640 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1641 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1642 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1643 return false; 1644 1645 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is 1646 // consistent for both scalars and arrays. 1647 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1648 1649 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1650 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1651 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1652 return false; 1653 1654 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1655 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1656 return false; 1657 1658 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1659 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1660 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1661 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1662 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1663 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1664 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1665 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1666 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1667 return false; 1668 } 1669 } 1670 } 1671 } 1672 1673 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1674 } 1675 1676 return true; 1677 } 1678 1679 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1680 FixItHint &Hint) { 1681 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1682 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1683 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1684 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1685 return; 1686 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1687 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1688 } 1689 } 1690 1691 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1692 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1693 return; 1694 1695 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1696 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1697 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1698 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1699 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1700 } 1701 } 1702 1703 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1704 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1705 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1706 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1707 return; 1708 1709 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1710 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1711 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1712 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1713 return; 1714 } 1715 1716 FixItHint Hint; 1717 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1718 1719 unsigned DiagID; 1720 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1721 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1722 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1723 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1724 else 1725 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1726 1727 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1728 } 1729 1730 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1731 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1732 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1733 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1734 // MS inline assembly label name. 1735 bool Diagnose = false; 1736 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1737 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1738 else 1739 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1740 if (Diagnose) 1741 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1742 } 1743 1744 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1745 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1746 1747 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1748 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1749 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1750 1751 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1752 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1753 1754 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1755 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1756 1757 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1758 1759 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1760 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1761 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1762 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1763 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1764 } 1765 1766 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1767 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1768 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1769 1770 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1771 // already. 1772 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1773 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1774 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1775 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1776 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1777 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1778 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1779 } 1780 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1781 } 1782 } 1783 } 1784 1785 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1786 /// 1787 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1788 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1789 /// to the fixed name. 1790 /// 1791 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1792 /// 1793 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1794 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1795 /// 1796 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1797 /// class could not be found. 1798 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1799 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1800 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1801 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1802 // creation from this context. 1803 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1804 1805 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1806 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1807 // find an Objective-C class name. 1808 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1809 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1810 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1811 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1812 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1813 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1814 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1815 } 1816 } 1817 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1818 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1819 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1820 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1821 return Def; 1822 } 1823 1824 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1825 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1826 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1827 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1828 /// ill-formed in C++: 1829 /// @code 1830 /// struct S6 { 1831 /// enum { BAR } e; 1832 /// }; 1833 /// 1834 /// void test_S6() { 1835 /// struct S6 a; 1836 /// a.e = BAR; 1837 /// } 1838 /// @endcode 1839 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1840 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1841 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1842 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1843 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1844 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1845 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1846 /// contain non-field names. 1847 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1848 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1849 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1850 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1851 S = S->getParent(); 1852 return S; 1853 } 1854 1855 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1856 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1857 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1858 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1859 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1860 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1861 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1862 return; 1863 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1864 1865 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1866 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1867 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1868 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1869 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1870 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1871 } 1872 1873 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1874 switch (Error) { 1875 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1876 return ""; 1877 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1878 return "stdio.h"; 1879 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1880 return "setjmp.h"; 1881 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1882 return "ucontext.h"; 1883 } 1884 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1885 } 1886 1887 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1888 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1889 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1890 /// built-in. 1891 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1892 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1893 SourceLocation Loc) { 1894 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1895 1896 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1897 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1898 if (Error) { 1899 if (ForRedeclaration) 1900 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1901 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1902 return nullptr; 1903 } 1904 1905 if (!ForRedeclaration && 1906 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 1907 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 1908 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1909 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1910 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1911 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1912 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1913 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1914 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1915 } 1916 1917 if (R.isNull()) 1918 return nullptr; 1919 1920 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1921 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1922 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1923 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1924 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1925 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1926 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1927 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1928 } 1929 1930 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1931 Parent, 1932 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1933 SC_Extern, 1934 false, 1935 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1936 New->setImplicit(); 1937 1938 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1939 // FunctionDecl. 1940 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1941 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1942 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1943 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1944 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1945 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1946 SC_None, nullptr); 1947 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1948 Params.push_back(parm); 1949 } 1950 New->setParams(Params); 1951 } 1952 1953 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1954 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1955 1956 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1957 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1958 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1959 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1960 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1961 CurContext = Parent; 1962 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1963 CurContext = SavedContext; 1964 return New; 1965 } 1966 1967 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1968 /// entity if their types are the same. 1969 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1970 /// isSameEntity. 1971 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1972 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1973 LookupResult &Previous) { 1974 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1975 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1976 return; 1977 1978 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1979 if (Previous.empty()) 1980 return; 1981 1982 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1983 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1984 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1985 1986 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1987 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1988 continue; 1989 1990 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1991 // different linkages. 1992 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1993 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1994 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1995 continue; 1996 1997 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1998 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1999 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2000 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 2001 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 2002 continue; 2003 } 2004 2005 Filter.erase(); 2006 } 2007 2008 Filter.done(); 2009 } 2010 2011 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 2012 QualType OldType; 2013 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2014 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 2015 else 2016 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 2017 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2018 2019 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2020 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 2021 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2022 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 2023 << Kind << NewType; 2024 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2025 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2026 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2027 return true; 2028 } 2029 2030 if (OldType != NewType && 2031 !OldType->isDependentType() && 2032 !NewType->isDependentType() && 2033 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 2034 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2035 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 2036 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 2037 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2038 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2039 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2040 return true; 2041 } 2042 return false; 2043 } 2044 2045 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 2046 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 2047 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 2048 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 2049 /// 2050 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 2051 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 2052 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 2053 // merging checks. 2054 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 2055 2056 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 2057 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 2058 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 2059 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 2060 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 2061 default: break; 2062 case 2: 2063 { 2064 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 2065 break; 2066 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2067 if (!T->isPointerType()) 2068 break; 2069 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 2070 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2071 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 2072 break; 2073 } 2074 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 2075 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 2076 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 2077 return; 2078 } 2079 case 5: 2080 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 2081 break; 2082 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2083 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 2084 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 2085 return; 2086 case 3: 2087 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 2088 break; 2089 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2090 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 2091 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 2092 return; 2093 } 2094 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 2095 } 2096 2097 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 2098 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 2099 if (!Old) { 2100 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2101 << New->getDeclName(); 2102 2103 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 2104 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 2105 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 2106 2107 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2108 } 2109 2110 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2111 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2112 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2113 2114 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2115 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2116 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2117 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2118 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 2119 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2120 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2121 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2122 // instead of our tag. 2123 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2124 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2125 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2126 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2127 else 2128 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2129 2130 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2131 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 2132 2133 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2134 // out of the scope. 2135 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2136 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2137 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2138 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2139 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2140 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2141 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2142 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2143 } 2144 } 2145 } 2146 } 2147 2148 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2149 // with any extensions enabled. 2150 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2151 return; 2152 2153 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2154 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2155 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2156 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2157 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2158 } 2159 2160 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2161 return; 2162 2163 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2164 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2165 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2166 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2167 // to the type to which it already refers. 2168 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2169 return; 2170 2171 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2172 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2173 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2174 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2175 // 2176 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2177 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2178 // 2179 // struct S { 2180 // typedef struct A { } A; 2181 // }; 2182 // 2183 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2184 // allow the above but disallow 2185 // 2186 // struct S { 2187 // typedef int I; 2188 // typedef int I; 2189 // }; 2190 // 2191 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2192 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2193 return; 2194 2195 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2196 << New->getDeclName(); 2197 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2198 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2199 } 2200 2201 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2202 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2203 return; 2204 2205 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2206 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2207 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2208 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2209 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2210 // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL). 2211 (Old->isImplicit() || 2212 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2213 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2214 return; 2215 2216 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2217 << New->getDeclName(); 2218 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2219 } 2220 2221 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2222 /// attribute. 2223 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2224 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2225 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2226 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2227 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2228 if (Ann) { 2229 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2230 return true; 2231 continue; 2232 } 2233 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2234 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2235 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2236 return true; 2237 } 2238 2239 return false; 2240 } 2241 2242 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2243 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2244 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2245 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2246 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2247 return true; 2248 } 2249 2250 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2251 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2252 /// 2253 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2254 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2255 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2256 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2257 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2258 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2259 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2260 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2261 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2262 // in a case like: 2263 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2264 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2265 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2266 // definition in such a case. 2267 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2268 return false; 2269 2270 if (I->isAlignas()) 2271 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2272 2273 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2274 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2275 OldAlign = Align; 2276 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2277 } 2278 } 2279 2280 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2281 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2282 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2283 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2284 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2285 return false; 2286 2287 if (I->isAlignas()) 2288 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2289 2290 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2291 if (Align > NewAlign) 2292 NewAlign = Align; 2293 } 2294 2295 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2296 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2297 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2298 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2299 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2300 2301 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2302 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2303 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2304 QualType Ty; 2305 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2306 Ty = VD->getType(); 2307 else 2308 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2309 2310 if (OldAlign == 0) 2311 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2312 if (NewAlign == 0) 2313 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2314 } 2315 2316 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2317 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2318 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2319 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2320 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2321 } 2322 } 2323 2324 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2325 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2326 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2327 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2328 // equivalent alignment. 2329 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2330 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2331 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2332 // have no alignment specifier. 2333 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2334 << OldAlignasAttr; 2335 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2336 << OldAlignasAttr; 2337 } 2338 2339 bool AnyAdded = false; 2340 2341 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2342 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2343 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2344 Clone->setInherited(true); 2345 New->addAttr(Clone); 2346 AnyAdded = true; 2347 } 2348 2349 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2350 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2351 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2352 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2353 Clone->setInherited(true); 2354 New->addAttr(Clone); 2355 AnyAdded = true; 2356 } 2357 2358 return AnyAdded; 2359 } 2360 2361 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2362 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2363 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2364 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2365 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2366 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2367 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2368 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2369 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2370 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2371 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2372 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2373 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2374 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2375 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2376 AA->getDeprecated(), 2377 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2378 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2379 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2380 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2381 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2382 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2383 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2384 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2385 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2386 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2387 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2388 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2389 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2390 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2391 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2392 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2393 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2394 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2395 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2396 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2397 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2398 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2399 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2400 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2401 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2402 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2403 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2404 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2405 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2406 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2407 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2408 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2409 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2410 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2411 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2412 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2413 return false; 2414 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2415 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2416 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2417 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2418 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2419 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2420 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2421 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2422 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2423 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2424 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2425 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2426 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2427 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2428 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2429 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2430 NewAttr = nullptr; 2431 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2432 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2433 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2434 NewAttr = nullptr; 2435 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2436 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex, 2437 UA->getGuid()); 2438 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2439 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2440 2441 if (NewAttr) { 2442 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2443 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2444 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2445 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2446 return true; 2447 } 2448 2449 return false; 2450 } 2451 2452 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2453 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2454 return TD->getDefinition(); 2455 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2456 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2457 if (Def) 2458 return Def; 2459 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2460 } 2461 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2462 return FD->getDefinition(); 2463 return nullptr; 2464 } 2465 2466 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2467 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2468 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2469 return true; 2470 return false; 2471 } 2472 2473 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2474 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2475 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2476 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2477 return; 2478 2479 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2480 if (!Def || Def == New) 2481 return; 2482 2483 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2484 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2485 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2486 2487 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2488 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2489 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2490 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2491 2492 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2493 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2494 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2495 --E; 2496 continue; 2497 } 2498 } else { 2499 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2500 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2501 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2502 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2503 : diag::err_redefinition; 2504 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2505 if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition) 2506 S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation()); 2507 else 2508 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2509 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2510 } 2511 ++I; 2512 continue; 2513 } 2514 2515 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2516 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2517 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2518 ++I; 2519 continue; 2520 } 2521 } 2522 2523 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2524 ++I; 2525 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2526 } 2527 2528 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2529 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2530 ++I; 2531 continue; 2532 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2533 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2534 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2535 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2536 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2537 // equivalent alignment. 2538 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2539 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2540 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2541 // have no alignment specifier. 2542 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2543 << AA; 2544 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2545 << AA; 2546 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2547 --E; 2548 continue; 2549 } 2550 } 2551 2552 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2553 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2554 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2555 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2556 --E; 2557 } 2558 } 2559 2560 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2561 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2562 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2563 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2564 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2565 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2566 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2567 } 2568 2569 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2570 return; 2571 2572 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2573 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2574 2575 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2576 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2577 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2578 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2579 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2580 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2581 } 2582 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2583 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2584 // already been ODR-used. 2585 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2586 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2587 } 2588 } 2589 2590 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2591 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2592 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2593 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2594 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2595 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2596 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2597 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2598 << NewTag; 2599 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2600 } 2601 } 2602 } else { 2603 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2604 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2605 } 2606 } 2607 2608 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2609 return; 2610 2611 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2612 2613 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2614 // we process them. 2615 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2616 2617 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2618 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2619 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2620 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2621 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2622 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2623 switch (AMK) { 2624 case AMK_None: 2625 continue; 2626 2627 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2628 case AMK_Override: 2629 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2630 LocalAMK = AMK; 2631 break; 2632 } 2633 } 2634 2635 // Already handled. 2636 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2637 continue; 2638 2639 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2640 foundAny = true; 2641 } 2642 2643 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2644 foundAny = true; 2645 2646 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2647 } 2648 2649 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2650 /// to the new one. 2651 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2652 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2653 Sema &S) { 2654 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2655 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2656 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2657 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2658 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2659 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2660 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2661 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2662 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2663 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2664 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2665 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2666 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2667 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2668 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2669 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2670 } 2671 2672 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2673 return; 2674 2675 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2676 2677 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2678 // done before we process them. 2679 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2680 2681 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2682 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2683 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2684 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2685 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2686 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2687 foundAny = true; 2688 } 2689 } 2690 2691 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2692 } 2693 2694 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2695 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2696 Sema &S) { 2697 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2698 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2699 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2700 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2701 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2702 *Newnullability, 2703 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2704 != 0)) 2705 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2706 *Oldnullability, 2707 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2708 != 0)); 2709 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2710 } 2711 } else { 2712 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2713 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2714 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2715 NewT, NewT); 2716 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2717 } 2718 } 2719 } 2720 2721 namespace { 2722 2723 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2724 /// C. 2725 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2726 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2727 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2728 QualType PromotedType; 2729 }; 2730 2731 } // end anonymous namespace 2732 2733 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2734 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2735 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2736 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2737 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2738 2739 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2740 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2741 2742 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2743 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2744 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2745 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2746 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2747 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2748 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2749 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2750 } 2751 2752 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2753 } 2754 2755 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2756 // declaration, or a declaration. 2757 template <typename T> 2758 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2759 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2760 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2761 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2762 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2763 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2764 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2765 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2766 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2767 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2768 } else 2769 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2770 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2771 } 2772 2773 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2774 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2775 /// GNU89 mode. 2776 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2777 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2778 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2779 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2780 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2781 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2782 } 2783 2784 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2785 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2786 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2787 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2788 return AT; 2789 } 2790 2791 template <typename T> 2792 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2793 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2794 if (DC->isRecord()) 2795 return false; 2796 2797 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2798 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2799 return true; 2800 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2801 return true; 2802 return false; 2803 } 2804 2805 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2806 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2807 2808 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2809 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2810 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2811 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2812 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2813 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2814 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2815 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2816 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2817 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2818 // and function templates; or 2819 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2820 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2821 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2822 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2823 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2824 2825 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2826 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2827 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2828 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2829 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2830 2831 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2832 if (Old && 2833 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2834 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2835 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2836 Old = nullptr; 2837 2838 if (!Old) { 2839 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2840 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2841 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2842 return true; 2843 } 2844 return false; 2845 } 2846 2847 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2848 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2849 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2850 2851 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2852 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2853 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2854 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2855 return true; 2856 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2857 }; 2858 2859 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2860 } 2861 2862 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2863 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2864 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2865 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2866 /// 2867 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2868 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2869 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2870 /// merged with. 2871 /// 2872 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2873 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2874 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2875 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2876 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2877 if (!Old) { 2878 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2879 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2880 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2881 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2882 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2883 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2884 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2885 return true; 2886 } 2887 2888 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2889 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2890 return true; 2891 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2892 } else { 2893 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2894 << New->getDeclName(); 2895 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 2896 return true; 2897 } 2898 } 2899 2900 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2901 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2902 return true; 2903 2904 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2905 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2906 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2907 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2908 2909 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2910 // is an extern inline function. 2911 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2912 // storage classes. 2913 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2914 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2915 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2916 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2917 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2918 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2919 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2920 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2921 } else { 2922 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2923 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2924 return true; 2925 } 2926 } 2927 2928 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2929 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2930 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2931 << New->getDeclName(); 2932 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2933 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2934 } 2935 2936 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2937 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2938 // convention of the first. 2939 // 2940 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2941 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2942 // 2943 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2944 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2945 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2946 // 2947 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2948 // other tests to run. 2949 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2950 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2951 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2952 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2953 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2954 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2955 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2956 2957 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2958 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2959 const FunctionType *FT = 2960 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2961 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2962 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2963 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2964 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2965 // there but not here. 2966 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2967 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2968 } else { 2969 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2970 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2971 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2972 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2973 << !FirstCCExplicit 2974 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2975 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2976 2977 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2978 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2979 return true; 2980 } 2981 } 2982 2983 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2984 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2985 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2986 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2987 } 2988 2989 // Merge regparm attribute. 2990 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2991 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2992 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2993 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2994 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2995 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2996 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2997 return true; 2998 } 2999 3000 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 3001 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3002 } 3003 3004 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 3005 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3006 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3007 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) 3008 << "'ns_returns_retained'"; 3009 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3010 return true; 3011 } 3012 3013 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 3014 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3015 } 3016 3017 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() != 3018 NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3019 if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3020 AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr = 3021 New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>(); 3022 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr; 3023 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3024 return true; 3025 } 3026 3027 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true); 3028 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3029 } 3030 3031 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 3032 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3033 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 3034 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 3035 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3036 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 3037 } 3038 3039 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3040 // UndefinedButUsed. 3041 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 3042 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3043 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 3044 Old->isUsed(false) && 3045 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3046 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3047 SourceLocation())); 3048 3049 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 3050 // about it. 3051 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3052 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 3053 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 3054 } 3055 3056 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 3057 // redeclaration. 3058 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 3059 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 3060 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 3061 << New->getDeclName(); 3062 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3063 return true; 3064 } 3065 3066 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3067 // C++1z [over.load]p2 3068 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 3069 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 3070 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 3071 3072 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 3073 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 3074 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 3075 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 3076 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 3077 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 3078 return true; 3079 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3080 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3081 3082 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 3083 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 3084 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 3085 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 3086 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 3087 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 3088 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 3089 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 3090 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 3091 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 3092 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 3093 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 3094 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 3095 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 3096 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3097 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 3098 QualType ResQT; 3099 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3100 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3101 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 3102 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 3103 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 3104 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 3105 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3106 else 3107 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 3108 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3109 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 3110 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3111 return true; 3112 } 3113 else 3114 NewQType = ResQT; 3115 } 3116 3117 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 3118 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 3119 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 3120 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 3121 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 3122 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 3123 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 3124 New->setType( 3125 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 3126 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3127 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3128 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 3129 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 3130 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3131 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3132 } 3133 } 3134 3135 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3136 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3137 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3138 // Preserve triviality. 3139 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3140 3141 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3142 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3143 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3144 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3145 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3146 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3147 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3148 3149 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3150 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3151 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3152 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3153 // is a static member function declaration. 3154 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3155 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3156 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3157 return true; 3158 } 3159 3160 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3161 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3162 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3163 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3164 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 3165 unsigned NewDiag; 3166 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3167 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3168 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3169 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3170 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3171 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3172 else 3173 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3174 3175 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3176 } else { 3177 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3178 << New << New->getType(); 3179 } 3180 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3181 return true; 3182 3183 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3184 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3185 // 3186 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3187 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3188 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3189 if (isFriend) { 3190 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3191 } else { 3192 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3193 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3194 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3195 return true; 3196 } 3197 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3198 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3199 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3200 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3201 return true; 3202 } 3203 } 3204 3205 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3206 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3207 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3208 // attribute. 3209 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3210 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3211 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3212 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3213 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3214 } 3215 3216 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3217 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3218 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3219 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3220 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3221 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3222 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3223 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3224 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3225 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3226 } 3227 3228 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3229 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3230 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3231 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3232 3233 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3234 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3235 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3236 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3237 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3238 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3239 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3240 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3241 } 3242 3243 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3244 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3245 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3246 // 3247 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3248 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3249 // linkage within class scope. 3250 // 3251 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3252 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3253 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3254 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3255 } else { 3256 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3257 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3258 return true; 3259 } 3260 } 3261 3262 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3263 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3264 3265 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3266 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3267 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3268 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3269 // when we instantiate the function. 3270 return false; 3271 } 3272 3273 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3274 } 3275 3276 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3277 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3278 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3279 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3280 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3281 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3282 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3283 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3284 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3285 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3286 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3287 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3288 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3289 NewQType = 3290 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3291 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3292 New->setType(NewQType); 3293 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3294 3295 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3296 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3297 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3298 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3299 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3300 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3301 SC_None, nullptr); 3302 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3303 Param->setImplicit(); 3304 Params.push_back(Param); 3305 } 3306 3307 New->setParams(Params); 3308 } 3309 3310 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3311 } 3312 3313 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3314 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3315 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3316 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3317 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3318 // the prototype. 3319 // 3320 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3321 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3322 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3323 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3324 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3325 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3326 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3327 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3328 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3329 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3330 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3331 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3332 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3333 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3334 3335 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3336 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3337 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3338 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3339 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3340 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3341 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3342 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3343 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3344 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3345 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3346 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3347 NewParm->getType(), 3348 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3349 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3350 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3351 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3352 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3353 } else 3354 LooseCompatible = false; 3355 } 3356 3357 if (LooseCompatible) { 3358 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3359 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3360 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3361 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3362 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3363 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3364 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3365 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3366 } 3367 3368 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3369 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3370 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3371 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3372 } 3373 3374 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3375 } 3376 3377 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3378 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3379 3380 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3381 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3382 unsigned BuiltinID; 3383 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3384 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3385 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3386 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3387 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3388 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3389 << Old << Old->getType(); 3390 3391 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3392 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3393 // 3394 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3395 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3396 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3397 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3398 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3399 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3400 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3401 3402 return false; 3403 } 3404 3405 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3406 } 3407 3408 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3409 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3410 return true; 3411 } 3412 3413 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3414 /// known to be compatible. 3415 /// 3416 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3417 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3418 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3419 /// redeclaration of Old. 3420 /// 3421 /// \returns false 3422 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3423 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3424 // Merge the attributes 3425 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3426 3427 // Merge "pure" flag. 3428 if (Old->isPure()) 3429 New->setPure(); 3430 3431 // Merge "used" flag. 3432 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3433 New->setIsUsed(); 3434 3435 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3436 // declarations. 3437 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3438 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3439 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3440 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3441 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3442 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3443 } 3444 3445 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3446 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3447 3448 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3449 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3450 // was visible. 3451 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3452 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3453 New->setType(Merged); 3454 3455 return false; 3456 } 3457 3458 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3459 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3460 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3461 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3462 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3463 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3464 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3465 : AMK_Override; 3466 3467 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3468 3469 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3470 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3471 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3472 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3473 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3474 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3475 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3476 3477 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3478 } 3479 3480 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3481 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3482 3483 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3484 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3485 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3486 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3487 3488 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3489 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3490 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3491 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3492 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3493 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3494 } 3495 3496 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3497 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3498 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3499 /// 3500 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3501 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3502 /// is attached. 3503 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3504 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3505 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3506 return; 3507 3508 QualType MergedT; 3509 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3510 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3511 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3512 return; 3513 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3514 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3515 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3516 } 3517 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3518 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3519 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3520 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3521 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3522 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3523 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3524 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3525 3526 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3527 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3528 // mismatch. 3529 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 3530 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3531 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3532 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3533 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 3534 continue; 3535 3536 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3537 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3538 } 3539 } 3540 3541 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3542 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3543 NewArray->getElementType())) 3544 MergedT = New->getType(); 3545 } 3546 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3547 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3548 // visible. 3549 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3550 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3551 NewArray->getElementType())) 3552 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3553 } 3554 } 3555 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3556 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3557 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3558 Old->getType()); 3559 } 3560 } else { 3561 // C 6.2.7p2: 3562 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3563 // compatible type. 3564 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3565 } 3566 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3567 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3568 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3569 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3570 // equivalent. 3571 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3572 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3573 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3574 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3575 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3576 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3577 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3578 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3579 return; 3580 } 3581 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3582 } 3583 3584 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3585 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3586 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3587 New->setType(MergedT); 3588 } 3589 3590 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3591 LookupResult &Previous) { 3592 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3593 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3594 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3595 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3596 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3597 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3598 // 3599 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3600 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3601 return false; 3602 3603 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3604 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3605 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3606 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3607 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3608 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3609 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3610 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3611 } else { 3612 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3613 // type unless we're in the same function. 3614 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3615 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3616 } 3617 } 3618 3619 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3620 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3621 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3622 /// 3623 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3624 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3625 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3626 /// 3627 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3628 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3629 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3630 return; 3631 3632 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3633 return; 3634 3635 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3636 3637 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3638 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3639 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3640 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3641 if (NewTemplate) { 3642 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3643 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3644 3645 if (auto *Shadow = 3646 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3647 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3648 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3649 } else { 3650 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3651 3652 if (auto *Shadow = 3653 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3654 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3655 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3656 } 3657 } 3658 if (!Old) { 3659 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3660 << New->getDeclName(); 3661 notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(), 3662 New->getLocation()); 3663 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3664 } 3665 3666 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3667 if (NewTemplate && 3668 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3669 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3670 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3671 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3672 3673 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3674 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3675 // 3676 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3677 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3678 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3679 << New->getIdentifier(); 3680 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3681 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3682 } 3683 3684 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3685 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3686 // declaration 3687 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3688 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3689 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3690 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3691 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3692 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3693 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3694 } 3695 3696 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3697 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3698 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3699 << New->getDeclName(); 3700 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3701 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3702 } 3703 3704 // Merge the types. 3705 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3706 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3707 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3708 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3709 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3710 return; 3711 } 3712 3713 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3714 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3715 return; 3716 3717 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3718 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3719 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3720 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3721 3722 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3723 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3724 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3725 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3726 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3727 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3728 << New->getDeclName(); 3729 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3730 } else { 3731 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3732 << New->getDeclName(); 3733 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3734 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3735 } 3736 } 3737 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3738 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3739 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3740 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3741 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3742 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3743 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3744 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3745 // identifier has external linkage. 3746 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3747 /* Okay */; 3748 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3749 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3750 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3751 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3752 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3753 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3754 } 3755 3756 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3757 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3758 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3759 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3760 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3761 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3762 } 3763 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3764 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3765 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3766 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3767 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3768 } 3769 3770 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3771 3772 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3773 // need to check for mismatches. 3774 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3775 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3776 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3777 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3778 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3779 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3780 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3781 } 3782 3783 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3784 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3785 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3786 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3787 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3788 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3789 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3790 } 3791 } 3792 3793 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3794 // UndefinedButUsed. 3795 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3796 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3797 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3798 SourceLocation())); 3799 3800 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3801 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3802 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3803 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3804 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3805 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3806 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3807 } else { 3808 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3809 // static and dynamic initialization. 3810 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3811 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3812 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3813 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3814 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3815 } 3816 } 3817 3818 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3820 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 3821 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 3822 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 3823 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 3824 Diag(New->getLocation(), 3825 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 3826 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3827 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 3828 return; 3829 } 3830 } 3831 3832 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3833 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3834 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3835 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3836 return; 3837 } 3838 3839 // Merge "used" flag. 3840 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3841 New->setIsUsed(); 3842 3843 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3844 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3845 if (NewTemplate) 3846 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3847 3848 // Inherit access appropriately. 3849 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3850 if (NewTemplate) 3851 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3852 3853 if (Old->isInline()) 3854 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 3855 } 3856 3857 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) { 3858 SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager(); 3859 auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New); 3860 auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation()); 3861 auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first); 3862 auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first); 3863 auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo(); 3864 StringRef HdrFilename = 3865 SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation())); 3866 3867 auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod, 3868 SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool { 3869 // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped 3870 // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets 3871 // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition 3872 // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on. 3873 if (IncLoc.isValid()) { 3874 if (Mod) { 3875 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file) 3876 << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 3877 if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid()) 3878 Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here) 3879 << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 3880 } else { 3881 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file) 3882 << HdrFilename.str(); 3883 } 3884 return true; 3885 } 3886 3887 return false; 3888 }; 3889 3890 // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why 3891 // this leads to a redefinition error. 3892 bool EmittedDiag = false; 3893 if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) { 3894 SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first); 3895 SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first); 3896 EmittedDiag = noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc); 3897 EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc); 3898 3899 // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one. 3900 if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld)) 3901 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards); 3902 3903 if (EmittedDiag) 3904 return; 3905 } 3906 3907 // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above. 3908 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3909 } 3910 3911 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 3912 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 3913 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 3914 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 3915 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3916 New->isInline() || 3917 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3918 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3919 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3920 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3921 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 3922 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 3923 3924 // Make the canonical definition visible. 3925 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 3926 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD); 3927 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old); 3928 return false; 3929 } else { 3930 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3931 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3932 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3933 return true; 3934 } 3935 } 3936 3937 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3938 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3939 Decl * 3940 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3941 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3942 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3943 AnonRecord); 3944 } 3945 3946 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3947 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3948 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3949 // compatibility. 3950 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3951 // targeted. 3952 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3953 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3954 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3955 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3956 } 3957 3958 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3959 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3960 return; 3961 3962 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3963 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3964 // it is anonymous. 3965 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3966 return; 3967 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3968 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3969 Context.setManglingNumber( 3970 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3971 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3972 return; 3973 } 3974 3975 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3976 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3977 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3978 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3979 Context.setManglingNumber( 3980 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3981 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3982 } 3983 } 3984 3985 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3986 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3987 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3988 return; 3989 3990 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3991 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3992 return; 3993 3994 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3995 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3996 3997 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3998 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3999 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 4000 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4001 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 4002 return; 4003 } 4004 4005 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 4006 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 4007 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 4008 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 4009 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 4010 // for how to handle it. 4011 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 4012 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 4013 4014 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 4015 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 4016 4017 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 4018 textToInsert += ' '; 4019 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 4020 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 4021 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 4022 return; 4023 } 4024 4025 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 4026 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 4027 } 4028 4029 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 4030 switch (T) { 4031 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 4032 return 0; 4033 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 4034 return 1; 4035 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 4036 return 2; 4037 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 4038 return 3; 4039 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 4040 return 4; 4041 default: 4042 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 4043 } 4044 } 4045 4046 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4047 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 4048 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 4049 Decl * 4050 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4051 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 4052 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 4053 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4054 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 4055 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 4056 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4057 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4058 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4059 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4060 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4061 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 4062 4063 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 4064 return nullptr; 4065 4066 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 4067 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 4068 // it's a Type. 4069 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 4070 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 4071 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 4072 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 4073 } 4074 4075 if (Tag) { 4076 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 4077 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 4078 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 4079 return Tag; 4080 } 4081 4082 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4083 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 4084 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 4085 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4086 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4087 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 4088 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4089 } 4090 4091 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4092 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 4093 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 4094 4095 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 4096 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 4097 // and definitions of functions and variables. 4098 if (Tag) 4099 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 4100 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 4101 else 4102 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 4103 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 4104 return TagD; 4105 } 4106 4107 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 4108 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 4109 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 4110 // its initializer. 4111 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 4112 return TagD; 4113 } 4114 4115 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 4116 4117 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 4118 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 4119 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 4120 if (TagD && !Tag) 4121 return nullptr; 4122 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 4123 } 4124 4125 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 4126 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 4127 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 4128 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 4129 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 4130 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 4131 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 4132 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 4133 // or an explicit specialization. 4134 // 4135 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 4136 // obvious intent of DR1819. 4137 // 4138 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 4139 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 4140 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 4141 return nullptr; 4142 } 4143 4144 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 4145 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 4146 4147 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 4148 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 4149 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 4150 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4151 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 4152 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4153 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 4154 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 4155 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 4156 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 4157 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 4158 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 4159 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 4160 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4161 AnonRecord = Record; 4162 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 4163 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4164 } 4165 4166 DeclaresAnything = false; 4167 } 4168 } 4169 4170 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 4171 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 4172 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 4173 // 4174 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 4175 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 4176 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 4177 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4178 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 4179 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 4180 // struct STRUCT; 4181 // union UNION; 4182 // and 4183 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 4184 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4185 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4186 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4187 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4188 if (Tag) 4189 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4190 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4191 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4192 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4193 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4194 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4195 4196 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4197 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4198 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4199 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4200 } 4201 4202 DeclaresAnything = false; 4203 } 4204 } 4205 4206 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4207 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4208 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4209 return TagD; 4210 4211 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4212 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4213 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4214 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4215 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4216 DeclaresAnything = false; 4217 4218 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4219 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4220 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4221 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4222 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4223 else 4224 DeclaresAnything = false; 4225 } 4226 4227 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4228 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4229 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4230 << Tag->getTagKind() 4231 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4232 4233 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4234 4235 // C 6.7/2: 4236 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4237 // or the members of an enumeration. 4238 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4239 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4240 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4241 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4242 // previous declaration. 4243 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4244 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4245 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4246 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4247 return TagD; 4248 } 4249 4250 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4251 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4252 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4253 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4254 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4255 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4256 // 4257 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4258 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4259 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4260 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4261 4262 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4263 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4264 // useless. 4265 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4266 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4267 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4268 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4269 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4270 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4271 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4272 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4273 } 4274 4275 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4276 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4277 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4278 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4279 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4280 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4281 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4282 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4283 // Restrict is covered above. 4284 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4285 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4286 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4287 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4288 } 4289 4290 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4291 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4292 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4293 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4294 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4295 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4296 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4297 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4298 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4299 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4300 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 4301 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 4302 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4303 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4304 } 4305 } 4306 4307 return TagD; 4308 } 4309 4310 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4311 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4312 /// 4313 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4314 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4315 Scope *S, 4316 DeclContext *Owner, 4317 DeclarationName Name, 4318 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4319 bool IsUnion) { 4320 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4321 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4322 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4323 4324 // Pick a representative declaration. 4325 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4326 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4327 4328 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4329 return false; 4330 4331 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4332 << IsUnion << Name; 4333 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4334 4335 return true; 4336 } 4337 4338 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4339 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4340 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4341 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4342 /// struct, e.g., 4343 /// 4344 /// @code 4345 /// union { 4346 /// int i; 4347 /// float f; 4348 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4349 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4350 /// @endcode 4351 /// 4352 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4353 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4354 static bool 4355 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4356 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4357 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4358 bool Invalid = false; 4359 4360 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4361 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4362 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4363 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4364 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4365 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4366 VD->getLocation(), 4367 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4368 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4369 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4370 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4371 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4372 Invalid = true; 4373 } else { 4374 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4375 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4376 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4377 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4378 // anonymous union is declared. 4379 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4380 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4381 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4382 else 4383 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4384 4385 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4386 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4387 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4388 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4389 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4390 4391 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4392 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4393 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4394 4395 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4396 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4397 4398 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4399 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4400 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4401 4402 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4403 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4404 4405 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4406 } 4407 } 4408 } 4409 4410 return Invalid; 4411 } 4412 4413 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4414 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4415 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4416 static StorageClass 4417 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4418 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4419 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4420 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4421 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4422 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4423 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4424 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4425 return SC_None; 4426 return SC_Extern; 4427 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4428 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4429 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4430 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4431 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4432 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4433 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4434 } 4435 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4436 } 4437 4438 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4439 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4440 4441 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4442 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4443 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4444 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4445 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4446 return FD->getLocation(); 4447 } 4448 4449 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4450 } 4451 4452 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4453 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4454 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4455 return; 4456 4457 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4458 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4459 } 4460 4461 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4462 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4463 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4464 return; 4465 4466 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4467 } 4468 4469 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4470 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4471 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4472 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4473 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4474 AccessSpecifier AS, 4475 RecordDecl *Record, 4476 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4477 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4478 4479 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4480 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4481 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4482 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4483 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4484 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4485 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4486 4487 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4488 // structs/unions. 4489 bool Invalid = false; 4490 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4491 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4492 unsigned DiagID; 4493 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4494 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4495 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4496 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4497 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4498 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4499 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4500 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4501 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4502 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4503 4504 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4505 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4506 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4507 } 4508 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4509 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4510 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4511 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4512 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4513 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4514 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4515 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4516 4517 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4518 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4519 SourceLocation(), 4520 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4521 } 4522 } 4523 4524 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4525 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4526 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4527 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4528 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4529 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4530 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4531 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4532 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4533 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4534 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4535 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4536 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4537 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4538 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4539 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4540 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4541 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4542 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4543 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4544 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4545 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4546 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4547 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4548 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4549 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4550 4551 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4552 } 4553 4554 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4555 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4556 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4557 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4558 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4559 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4560 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4561 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4562 // members (clause 11). 4563 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4564 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4565 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4566 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4567 Invalid = true; 4568 } 4569 4570 // C++ [class.union]p1 4571 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4572 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4573 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4574 // array of such objects. 4575 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4576 Invalid = true; 4577 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4578 // Any implicit members are fine. 4579 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4580 // This is a type that showed up in an 4581 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4582 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4583 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4584 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4585 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4586 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4587 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4588 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4589 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4590 << Record->isUnion(); 4591 else { 4592 // This is a nested type declaration. 4593 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4594 << Record->isUnion(); 4595 Invalid = true; 4596 } 4597 } else { 4598 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4599 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4600 // not part of standard C++. 4601 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4602 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4603 << Record->isUnion(); 4604 } 4605 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4606 // Any access specifier is fine. 4607 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4608 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4609 } else { 4610 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4611 // member. Complain about it. 4612 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4613 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4614 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4615 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4616 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4617 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4618 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4619 4620 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4621 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4622 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4623 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4624 << Record->isUnion(); 4625 else { 4626 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4627 Invalid = true; 4628 } 4629 } 4630 } 4631 4632 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4633 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4634 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4635 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4636 Owner->isRecord()) 4637 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4638 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4639 } 4640 4641 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4642 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4643 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4644 Invalid = true; 4645 } 4646 4647 // Mock up a declarator. 4648 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4649 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4650 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4651 4652 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4653 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4654 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4655 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4656 DS.getLocStart(), 4657 Record->getLocation(), 4658 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4659 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4660 TInfo, 4661 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4662 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4663 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4664 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4665 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4666 } else { 4667 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4668 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4669 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4670 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4671 // an error here 4672 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4673 Invalid = true; 4674 SC = SC_None; 4675 } 4676 4677 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4678 DS.getLocStart(), 4679 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4680 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4681 TInfo, SC); 4682 4683 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4684 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4685 // initializer: 4686 // union { int n = 0; }; 4687 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon); 4688 } 4689 Anon->setImplicit(); 4690 4691 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4692 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4693 4694 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4695 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4696 // its members. 4697 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4698 4699 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4700 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4701 // purposes. 4702 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4703 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4704 4705 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4706 Invalid = true; 4707 4708 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4709 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4710 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4711 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4712 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4713 Context.setManglingNumber( 4714 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4715 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4716 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4717 } 4718 } 4719 } 4720 4721 if (Invalid) 4722 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4723 4724 return Anon; 4725 } 4726 4727 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4728 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4729 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4730 /// Example: 4731 /// 4732 /// struct A { int a; }; 4733 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4734 /// 4735 /// void foo() { 4736 /// B var; 4737 /// var.a = 3; 4738 /// } 4739 /// 4740 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4741 RecordDecl *Record) { 4742 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4743 4744 // Mock up a declarator. 4745 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4746 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4747 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4748 4749 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4750 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4751 4752 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4753 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4754 ParentDecl, 4755 DS.getLocStart(), 4756 DS.getLocStart(), 4757 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4758 RecTy, 4759 TInfo, 4760 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4761 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4762 Anon->setImplicit(); 4763 4764 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4765 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4766 4767 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4768 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4769 // purposes. 4770 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4771 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4772 4773 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4774 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4775 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4776 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4777 AS_none, Chain)) { 4778 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4779 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4780 } 4781 4782 return Anon; 4783 } 4784 4785 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4786 /// given Declarator. 4787 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4788 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4789 } 4790 4791 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4792 DeclarationNameInfo 4793 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4794 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4795 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4796 4797 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4798 4799 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4800 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4801 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4802 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4803 return NameInfo; 4804 4805 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DeductionGuideName: { 4806 // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3: 4807 // The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization. 4808 // The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name 4809 // of the simple-template-id. 4810 // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a 4811 // class template. 4812 // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {}; 4813 // template<typename T> using Y = X<T>; 4814 // Y(int) -> Y<int>; 4815 // satisfies these rules but does not name a class template. 4816 TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get(); 4817 auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl(); 4818 if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) { 4819 Diag(Name.StartLocation, 4820 diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template) 4821 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN; 4822 if (Template) 4823 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); 4824 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4825 } 4826 4827 NameInfo.setName( 4828 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template)); 4829 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4830 return NameInfo; 4831 } 4832 4833 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4834 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4835 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4836 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4837 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4838 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4839 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4840 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4841 return NameInfo; 4842 4843 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4844 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4845 Name.Identifier)); 4846 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4847 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4848 return NameInfo; 4849 4850 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4851 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4852 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4853 if (Ty.isNull()) 4854 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4855 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4856 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4857 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4858 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4859 return NameInfo; 4860 } 4861 4862 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4863 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4864 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4865 if (Ty.isNull()) 4866 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4867 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4868 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4869 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4870 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4871 return NameInfo; 4872 } 4873 4874 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4875 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4876 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4877 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4878 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4879 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4880 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4881 4882 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4883 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4884 4885 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4886 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4887 // was qualified. 4888 4889 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4890 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4891 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4892 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4893 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4894 return NameInfo; 4895 } 4896 4897 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4898 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4899 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4900 if (Ty.isNull()) 4901 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4902 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4903 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4904 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4905 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4906 return NameInfo; 4907 } 4908 4909 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4910 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4911 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4912 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4913 } 4914 4915 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4916 4917 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4918 } 4919 4920 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4921 do { 4922 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4923 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4924 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4925 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4926 else 4927 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4928 } while (true); 4929 } 4930 4931 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4932 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4933 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4934 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4935 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4936 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4937 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4938 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4939 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4940 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4941 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4942 Params.clear(); 4943 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4944 return false; 4945 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4946 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4947 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4948 4949 // The parameter types are identical 4950 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4951 continue; 4952 4953 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4954 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4955 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4956 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4957 4958 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4959 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4960 Params.push_back(Idx); 4961 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4962 return false; 4963 } 4964 4965 return true; 4966 } 4967 4968 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4969 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4970 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4971 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4972 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4973 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4974 DeclarationName Name) { 4975 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4976 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4977 // - types which will become injected class names 4978 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4979 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4980 // few cases here. 4981 4982 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4983 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4984 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4985 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4986 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4987 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4988 // Grab the type from the parser. 4989 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4990 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4991 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4992 4993 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4994 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4995 // attached already. 4996 if (!TSI) 4997 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4998 4999 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 5000 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 5001 if (!TSI) return true; 5002 5003 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 5004 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 5005 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 5006 break; 5007 } 5008 5009 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 5010 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 5011 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 5012 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 5013 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 5014 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 5015 break; 5016 } 5017 5018 default: 5019 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 5020 break; 5021 } 5022 5023 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 5024 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5025 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 5026 5027 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 5028 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 5029 // pointer. 5030 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 5031 continue; 5032 5033 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 5034 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 5035 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 5036 return true; 5037 } 5038 5039 return false; 5040 } 5041 5042 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5043 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 5044 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 5045 5046 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 5047 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 5048 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5049 5050 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 5051 setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl); 5052 5053 return Dcl; 5054 } 5055 5056 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 5057 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 5058 /// name different from T: 5059 /// - every static data member of class T; 5060 /// - every member function of class T 5061 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 5062 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 5063 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 5064 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 5065 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5066 5067 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5068 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 5069 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 5070 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 5071 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 5072 return true; 5073 } 5074 5075 return false; 5076 } 5077 5078 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 5079 /// nested-name-specifier. 5080 /// 5081 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5082 /// 5083 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 5084 /// resolves. 5085 /// 5086 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 5087 /// 5088 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 5089 /// 5090 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 5091 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 5092 DeclarationName Name, 5093 SourceLocation Loc) { 5094 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 5095 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 5096 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 5097 5098 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 5099 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 5100 // 5101 // class X { 5102 // void X::f(); 5103 // }; 5104 // 5105 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 5106 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 5107 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 5108 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5109 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 5110 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 5111 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 5112 SS.clear(); 5113 } else { 5114 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 5115 } 5116 return false; 5117 } 5118 5119 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 5120 // declaration. 5121 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 5122 if (Cur->isRecord()) 5123 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5124 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5125 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 5126 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 5127 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5128 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 5129 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 5130 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5131 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 5132 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 5133 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5134 else 5135 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 5136 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 5137 5138 return true; 5139 } 5140 5141 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5142 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 5143 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5144 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5145 SS.clear(); 5146 5147 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 5148 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 5149 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 5150 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 5151 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 5152 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 5153 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 5154 return true; 5155 5156 return false; 5157 } 5158 5159 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 5160 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 5161 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 5162 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 5163 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 5164 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 5165 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 5166 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 5167 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 5168 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 5169 5170 return false; 5171 } 5172 5173 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5174 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 5175 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5176 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5177 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5178 5179 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 5180 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 5181 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5182 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 5183 } else if (!Name) { 5184 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 5185 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5186 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 5187 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 5188 return nullptr; 5189 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5190 return nullptr; 5191 5192 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 5193 // we find one that is. 5194 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 5195 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 5196 S = S->getParent(); 5197 5198 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5199 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 5200 D.setInvalidType(); 5201 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5202 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5203 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 5204 return nullptr; 5205 5206 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5207 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 5208 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 5209 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 5210 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 5211 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 5212 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 5213 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5214 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 5215 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5216 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5217 return nullptr; 5218 } 5219 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5220 5221 if (!IsDependentContext && 5222 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5223 return nullptr; 5224 5225 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5226 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5227 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5228 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5229 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5230 return nullptr; 5231 } 5232 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5233 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 5234 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 5235 if (DC->isRecord()) 5236 return nullptr; 5237 5238 D.setInvalidType(); 5239 } 5240 } 5241 5242 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5243 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5244 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5245 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5246 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5247 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5248 D.setInvalidType(); 5249 } 5250 } 5251 5252 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5253 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5254 5255 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5256 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 5257 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 5258 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 5259 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5260 return nullptr; 5261 5262 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5263 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5264 D.setInvalidType(); 5265 5266 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5267 ForRedeclaration); 5268 5269 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5270 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5271 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5272 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5273 5274 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5275 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5276 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5277 // 5278 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5279 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5280 // the same name. 5281 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5282 /* Do nothing*/; 5283 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5284 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5285 R->isFunctionType())) { 5286 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5287 CreateBuiltins = 5288 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5289 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5290 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5291 CreateBuiltins = true; 5292 5293 if (IsLinkageLookup) 5294 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5295 5296 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5297 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5298 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5299 5300 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5301 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5302 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5303 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5304 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5305 // thereof; [...] 5306 // 5307 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5308 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5309 // we want to match. For example, given: 5310 // 5311 // class X { 5312 // void f(); 5313 // void f(float); 5314 // }; 5315 // 5316 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5317 // 5318 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5319 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5320 // matches. 5321 5322 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5323 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5324 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5325 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5326 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5327 } 5328 5329 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5330 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5331 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5332 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5333 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5334 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5335 5336 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5337 Previous.clear(); 5338 } 5339 5340 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5341 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5342 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 5343 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 5344 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5345 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5346 Previous.clear(); 5347 5348 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5349 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5350 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5351 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5352 5353 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5354 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5355 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5356 // template, declared in namespace scope 5357 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5358 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5359 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5360 return nullptr; 5361 } 5362 5363 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5364 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5365 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5366 return nullptr; 5367 } 5368 } 5369 5370 NamedDecl *New; 5371 5372 bool AddToScope = true; 5373 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5374 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5375 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5376 return nullptr; 5377 } 5378 5379 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5380 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5381 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5382 TemplateParamLists, 5383 AddToScope); 5384 } else { 5385 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5386 AddToScope); 5387 } 5388 5389 if (!New) 5390 return nullptr; 5391 5392 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5393 // add it to the scope stack. 5394 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) { 5395 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5396 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5397 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5398 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5399 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5400 if (!AddToContext) 5401 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5402 } 5403 5404 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5405 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5406 5407 return New; 5408 } 5409 5410 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5411 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5412 /// GCC compatibility). 5413 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5414 ASTContext &Context, 5415 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5416 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5417 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5418 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5419 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5420 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5421 SizeIsNegative = false; 5422 Oversized = 0; 5423 5424 if (T->isDependentType()) 5425 return QualType(); 5426 5427 QualifierCollector Qs; 5428 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5429 5430 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5431 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5432 QualType FixedType = 5433 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5434 Oversized); 5435 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5436 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5437 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5438 } 5439 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5440 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5441 QualType FixedType = 5442 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5443 Oversized); 5444 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5445 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5446 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5447 } 5448 5449 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5450 if (!VLATy) 5451 return QualType(); 5452 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5453 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5454 return QualType(); 5455 5456 llvm::APSInt Res; 5457 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5458 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5459 return QualType(); 5460 5461 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5462 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5463 SizeIsNegative = true; 5464 return QualType(); 5465 } 5466 5467 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5468 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5469 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5470 Res); 5471 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5472 Oversized = Res; 5473 return QualType(); 5474 } 5475 5476 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5477 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5478 } 5479 5480 static void 5481 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5482 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5483 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5484 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5485 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5486 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5487 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5488 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5489 return; 5490 } 5491 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5492 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5493 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5494 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5495 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5496 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5497 return; 5498 } 5499 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5500 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5501 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5502 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5503 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5504 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5505 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5506 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5507 } 5508 5509 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5510 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5511 /// GCC compatibility). 5512 static TypeSourceInfo* 5513 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5514 ASTContext &Context, 5515 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5516 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5517 QualType FixedTy 5518 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5519 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5520 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5521 return nullptr; 5522 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5523 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5524 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5525 return FixedTInfo; 5526 } 5527 5528 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5529 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5530 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5531 /// function-scope declarations. 5532 void 5533 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5534 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5535 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5536 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5537 return; 5538 5539 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5540 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5541 } 5542 5543 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5544 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5545 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5546 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5547 } 5548 5549 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5550 /// does not identify a function. 5551 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5552 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5553 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5554 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5555 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5556 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5557 5558 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5559 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5560 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5561 5562 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5563 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5564 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5565 } 5566 5567 NamedDecl* 5568 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5569 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5570 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5571 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5572 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5573 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5574 D.setInvalidType(); 5575 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5576 DC = CurContext; 5577 Previous.clear(); 5578 } 5579 5580 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5581 5582 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5583 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5584 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 5585 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5586 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5587 << 1; 5588 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5589 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5590 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5591 5592 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5593 if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedId::IK_DeductionGuideName) 5594 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, 5595 diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier) 5596 << "typedef"; 5597 else 5598 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5599 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5600 return nullptr; 5601 } 5602 5603 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5604 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5605 5606 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5607 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5608 5609 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5610 5611 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5612 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5613 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5614 return ND; 5615 } 5616 5617 void 5618 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5619 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5620 // then it shall have block scope. 5621 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5622 // that redeclarations will match. 5623 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5624 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5625 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5626 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5627 5628 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5629 bool SizeIsNegative; 5630 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5631 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5632 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5633 SizeIsNegative, 5634 Oversized); 5635 if (FixedTInfo) { 5636 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5637 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5638 } else { 5639 if (SizeIsNegative) 5640 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5641 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5642 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5643 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5644 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5645 << Oversized.toString(10); 5646 else 5647 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5648 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5649 } 5650 } 5651 } 5652 } 5653 5654 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5655 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5656 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5657 NamedDecl* 5658 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5659 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5660 5661 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 5662 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous); 5663 5664 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5665 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5666 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5667 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5668 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5669 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5670 Redeclaration = true; 5671 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5672 } 5673 5674 if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration) 5675 CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 5676 5677 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5678 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5679 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5680 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5681 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5682 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5683 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5684 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5685 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5686 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5687 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5688 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5689 } 5690 5691 return NewTD; 5692 } 5693 5694 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5695 /// previous declaration. 5696 /// 5697 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5698 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5699 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5700 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5701 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5702 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5703 /// 5704 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5705 /// lookup 5706 /// 5707 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5708 /// declared. 5709 /// 5710 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5711 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5712 static bool 5713 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5714 ASTContext &Context) { 5715 if (!PrevDecl) 5716 return false; 5717 5718 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5719 return false; 5720 5721 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5722 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5723 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5724 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5725 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5726 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5727 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5728 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5729 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5730 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5731 return false; 5732 5733 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5734 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5735 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5736 return false; 5737 5738 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5739 // previous declarations. 5740 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5741 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5742 5743 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5744 // isn't the same function. 5745 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5746 return false; 5747 } 5748 5749 return true; 5750 } 5751 5752 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5753 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5754 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5755 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5756 } 5757 5758 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5759 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5760 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5761 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5762 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5763 unsigned kind = -1U; 5764 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5765 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5766 kind = 0; // __block 5767 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5768 kind = 1; // global 5769 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5770 kind = 3; // ivar 5771 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5772 kind = 2; // field 5773 } 5774 5775 if (kind != -1U) { 5776 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5777 << kind; 5778 } 5779 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5780 // Try to infer lifetime. 5781 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5782 return false; 5783 5784 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5785 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5786 decl->setType(type); 5787 } 5788 5789 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5790 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5791 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5792 var->getTLSKind()) { 5793 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5794 << var->getType(); 5795 return true; 5796 } 5797 } 5798 5799 return false; 5800 } 5801 5802 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5803 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5804 // the wrong linkage. 5805 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5806 5807 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5808 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5809 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5810 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5811 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5812 } 5813 } 5814 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5815 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5816 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5817 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5818 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5819 } 5820 } 5821 5822 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5823 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5824 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5825 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5826 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5827 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5828 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5829 } 5830 } 5831 } 5832 5833 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5834 // It does not apply to functions. 5835 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5836 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5837 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5838 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5839 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5840 } 5841 } 5842 5843 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5844 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5845 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5846 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5847 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5848 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5849 << &ND << Attr; 5850 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5851 } 5852 } 5853 5854 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5855 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5856 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5857 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5858 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5859 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5860 << Attr; 5861 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5862 } 5863 } 5864 5865 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5866 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5867 bool IsSpecialization, 5868 bool IsDefinition) { 5869 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5870 return; 5871 5872 bool IsTemplate = false; 5873 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5874 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5875 IsTemplate = true; 5876 if (!IsSpecialization) 5877 IsDefinition = false; 5878 } 5879 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5880 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5881 IsTemplate = true; 5882 } 5883 5884 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5885 return; 5886 5887 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5888 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5889 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5890 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5891 5892 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5893 // inherited attribute instances. 5894 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5895 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5896 5897 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5898 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5899 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5900 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5901 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5902 5903 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5904 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5905 bool JustWarn = false; 5906 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5907 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5908 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5909 JustWarn = true; 5910 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5911 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5912 JustWarn = true; 5913 } 5914 5915 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5916 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5917 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5918 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5919 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5920 JustWarn = false; 5921 5922 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5923 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5924 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5925 << NewDecl 5926 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5927 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5928 if (!JustWarn) { 5929 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5930 return; 5931 } 5932 } 5933 5934 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5935 // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function 5936 // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or 5937 // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if 5938 // it were marked dllexport. 5939 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5940 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 5941 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5942 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5943 // separately. 5944 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5945 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 5946 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 5947 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5948 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5949 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5950 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5951 } 5952 5953 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && 5954 (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember && 5955 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5956 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 5957 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5958 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 5959 << NewDecl; 5960 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5961 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5962 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 5963 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 5964 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 5965 } else { 5966 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5967 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5968 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5969 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5970 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5971 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5972 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5973 } 5974 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 5975 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5976 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5977 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5978 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5979 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5980 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5981 } 5982 } 5983 5984 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5985 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5986 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5987 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5988 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5989 5990 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5991 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5992 5993 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5994 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5995 return false; 5996 5997 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5998 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5999 } 6000 6001 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 6002 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 6003 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 6004 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 6005 /// 6006 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 6007 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 6008 /// 6009 /// For instance: 6010 /// 6011 /// auto x = []{}; 6012 /// 6013 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 6014 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 6015 /// 6016 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 6017 template<typename T> 6018 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 6019 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6020 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 6021 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 6022 return false; 6023 6024 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 6025 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 6026 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 6027 return false; 6028 } 6029 return D->isExternC(); 6030 } 6031 6032 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 6033 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6034 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 6035 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 6036 if (DC->isFileContext()) 6037 return true; 6038 if (DC->isRecord()) 6039 return false; 6040 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6041 } 6042 6043 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6044 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6045 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 6046 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 6047 return true; 6048 if (DC->isRecord()) 6049 return false; 6050 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6051 } 6052 6053 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 6054 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 6055 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 6056 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 6057 return true; 6058 return false; 6059 } 6060 6061 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 6062 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 6063 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 6064 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 6065 return true; 6066 6067 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 6068 // position to the decl itself. 6069 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 6070 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 6071 return true; 6072 } 6073 6074 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 6075 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 6076 } 6077 6078 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 6079 /// function-local external declaration. 6080 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 6081 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6082 return false; 6083 6084 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 6085 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 6086 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 6087 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 6088 return true; 6089 6090 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 6091 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 6092 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 6093 // innermost enclosing namespace. 6094 // 6095 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 6096 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 6097 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 6098 DC = DC->getParent(); 6099 return true; 6100 } 6101 6102 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 6103 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 6104 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 6105 return FD->isExternC(); 6106 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 6107 return VD->isExternC(); 6108 6109 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 6110 } 6111 6112 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 6113 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6114 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6115 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 6116 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6117 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 6118 6119 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6120 6121 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6122 AddToScope = false; 6123 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 6124 // purposes. 6125 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 6126 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 6127 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 6128 Name = II; 6129 } 6130 } else if (!II) { 6131 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name; 6132 return nullptr; 6133 } 6134 6135 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6136 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 6137 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 6138 // argument. 6139 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { 6140 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6141 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 6142 << R; 6143 D.setInvalidType(); 6144 return nullptr; 6145 } 6146 6147 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6148 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 6149 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: 6150 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope. 6151 if (NULL == S->getParent()) { 6152 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { 6153 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6154 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R; 6155 D.setInvalidType(); 6156 return nullptr; 6157 } 6158 } 6159 6160 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 6161 QualType NR = R; 6162 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 6163 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 6164 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer); 6165 D.setInvalidType(); 6166 break; 6167 } 6168 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 6169 } 6170 6171 if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) { 6172 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 6173 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 6174 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 6175 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 6176 D.setInvalidType(); 6177 } 6178 } 6179 6180 if (R->isSamplerT()) { 6181 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 6182 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 6183 // space qualifiers. 6184 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 6185 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6186 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 6187 } 6188 6189 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1: 6190 // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address 6191 // space qualifier or with the const qualifier. 6192 if (DC->isTranslationUnit() && 6193 !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6194 R.isConstQualified())) { 6195 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler); 6196 D.setInvalidType(); 6197 } 6198 } 6199 6200 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6201 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 6202 // address space qualifiers. 6203 if (R->isEventT()) { 6204 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 6205 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 6206 D.setInvalidType(); 6207 } 6208 } 6209 } 6210 6211 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 6212 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 6213 6214 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 6215 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 6216 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 6217 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 6218 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 6219 SC = SC_Extern; 6220 6221 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6222 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 6223 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6224 6225 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 6226 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 6227 // an error here 6228 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 6229 D.setInvalidType(); 6230 SC = SC_None; 6231 } 6232 6233 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 6234 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 6235 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 6236 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 6237 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 6238 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 6239 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6240 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 6241 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 6242 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6243 } 6244 6245 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6246 6247 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6248 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 6249 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 6250 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 6251 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 6252 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 6253 D.setInvalidType(); 6254 } 6255 } 6256 6257 bool IsMemberSpecialization = false; 6258 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 6259 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 6260 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 6261 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 6262 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 6263 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 6264 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6265 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6266 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6267 R, TInfo, SC); 6268 6269 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6270 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6271 6272 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6273 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6274 } else { 6275 bool Invalid = false; 6276 6277 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6278 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6279 switch (SC) { 6280 case SC_None: 6281 break; 6282 case SC_Static: 6283 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6284 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6285 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6286 break; 6287 case SC_Auto: 6288 case SC_Register: 6289 case SC_Extern: 6290 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6291 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6292 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6293 // of class members 6294 6295 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6296 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6297 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6298 break; 6299 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6300 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6301 } 6302 } 6303 6304 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6305 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6306 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6307 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6308 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6309 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6310 6311 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6312 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6313 if (RD->isUnion()) 6314 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6315 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6316 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6317 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6318 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6319 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6320 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6321 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6322 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6323 } 6324 } 6325 6326 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6327 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6328 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6329 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6330 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6331 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6332 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6333 : nullptr, 6334 TemplateParamLists, 6335 /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, Invalid); 6336 6337 if (TemplateParams) { 6338 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6339 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6340 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6341 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6342 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6343 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6344 << II 6345 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6346 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6347 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6348 } else { 6349 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6350 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6351 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6352 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6353 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6354 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6355 // This is a template declaration. 6356 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6357 6358 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6359 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6360 return nullptr; 6361 6362 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6363 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6364 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6365 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6366 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6367 } 6368 } 6369 } else { 6370 assert( 6371 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 6372 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6373 } 6374 6375 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6376 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6377 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6378 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6379 : SourceLocation(); 6380 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6381 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6382 IsPartialSpecialization); 6383 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6384 return nullptr; 6385 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6386 AddToScope = false; 6387 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6388 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6389 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 6390 Bindings); 6391 } else 6392 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6393 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6394 6395 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6396 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6397 NewTemplate = 6398 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6399 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6400 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6401 } 6402 6403 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6404 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6405 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6406 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6407 6408 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6409 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6410 if (NewTemplate) 6411 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6412 } 6413 6414 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6415 6416 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6417 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6418 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6419 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6420 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6421 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6422 6423 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6424 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6425 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6426 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6427 // implicitly an inline variable. 6428 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) 6429 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6430 } 6431 6432 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6433 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6434 VTD->setConcept(); 6435 6436 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6437 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6438 // specifiers, [...] 6439 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6440 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6441 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6442 << 0 << 0; 6443 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6444 } 6445 6446 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6447 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6448 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6449 << 0 << 3; 6450 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6451 } 6452 6453 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6454 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6455 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6456 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6457 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6458 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6459 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6460 } 6461 6462 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6463 // following restrictions: 6464 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6465 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6466 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6467 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6468 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6469 } 6470 } 6471 } 6472 6473 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6474 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6475 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6476 << 0; 6477 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6478 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6479 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6480 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6481 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6482 } else { 6483 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6484 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6485 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6486 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6487 } 6488 } 6489 6490 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6491 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6492 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6493 if (NewTemplate) 6494 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6495 6496 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 6497 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 6498 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6499 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 6500 else 6501 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6502 } 6503 6504 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6505 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6506 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6507 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6508 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6509 // explicitly. 6510 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6511 // 'extern'. 6512 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6513 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6514 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6515 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6516 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6517 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6518 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6519 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6520 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 6521 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6522 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6523 // error should be ignored. 6524 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6525 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6526 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6527 // to emit any code for it. 6528 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6529 } else 6530 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6531 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6532 } else 6533 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6534 } 6535 6536 // C99 6.7.4p3 6537 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6538 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6539 // thread storage duration... 6540 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6541 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6542 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6543 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6544 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6545 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6546 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6547 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6548 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6549 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6550 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6551 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6552 } 6553 } 6554 6555 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6556 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6557 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6558 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6559 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6560 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6561 else if (IsMemberSpecialization) 6562 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6563 << 2 6564 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6565 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6566 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6567 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6568 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6569 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6570 else { 6571 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6572 if (NewTemplate) 6573 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6574 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6575 B->setModulePrivate(); 6576 } 6577 } 6578 6579 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6580 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6581 6582 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 6583 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && 6584 ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) || 6585 (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && 6586 NewVD->hasAttr<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr>()))) 6587 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6588 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6589 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6590 // storage [duration]." 6591 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6592 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6593 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6594 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6595 } 6596 } 6597 6598 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6599 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6600 // check the VarDecl itself. 6601 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6602 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6603 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6604 6605 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6606 // retainable type. 6607 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6608 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6609 6610 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6611 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6612 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6613 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6614 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6615 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6616 switch (SC) { 6617 case SC_None: 6618 case SC_Auto: 6619 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6620 break; 6621 case SC_Register: 6622 // Local Named register 6623 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6624 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6625 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6626 break; 6627 case SC_Static: 6628 case SC_Extern: 6629 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6630 break; 6631 } 6632 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6633 // Global Named register 6634 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6635 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6636 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6637 6638 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6639 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6640 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6641 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6642 HasSizeMismatch)) 6643 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6644 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6645 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6646 } 6647 6648 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6649 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6650 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6651 } 6652 } 6653 6654 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6655 Context, Label, 0)); 6656 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6657 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6658 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6659 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6660 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6661 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6662 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6663 } else 6664 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6665 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6666 } 6667 } 6668 6669 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 6670 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() 6671 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous) 6672 : nullptr; 6673 6674 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6675 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6676 // declaration has linkage). 6677 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6678 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6679 IsMemberSpecialization || 6680 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6681 6682 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6683 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6684 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6685 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6686 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6687 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6688 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6689 6690 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6691 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6692 } else { 6693 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6694 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6695 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6696 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6697 6698 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6699 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6700 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6701 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6702 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6703 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6704 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6705 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6706 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6707 Previous.clear(); 6708 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6709 } 6710 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6711 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6712 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6713 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6714 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6715 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6716 } 6717 6718 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6719 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6720 6721 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...] 6722 // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a 6723 // concept definition. 6724 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization && 6725 !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() && 6726 Previous.isSingleResult()) { 6727 NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6728 if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) { 6729 if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) { 6730 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized) 6731 << 1 /*variable*/ 6732 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/ 6733 : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/); 6734 Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6735 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6736 } 6737 } 6738 } 6739 6740 if (NewTemplate) { 6741 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6742 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6743 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6744 : nullptr; 6745 6746 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6747 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6748 // template declaration. 6749 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6750 TemplateParams, 6751 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6752 : nullptr, 6753 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6754 DC->isDependentContext()) 6755 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6756 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6757 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6758 6759 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6760 // template, make a note of that. 6761 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6762 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6763 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6764 } 6765 } 6766 6767 // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration. 6768 if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration()) 6769 CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 6770 6771 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6772 6773 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6774 // the map of such variables. 6775 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6776 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6777 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6778 6779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6780 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6781 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6782 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6783 Context.setManglingNumber( 6784 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6785 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6786 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6787 } 6788 } 6789 6790 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6791 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6792 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6793 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6794 6795 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6796 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6797 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6798 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6799 6800 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6801 // behavior. 6802 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6803 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6804 } 6805 6806 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6807 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6808 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6809 IsMemberSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6810 } 6811 6812 if (NewTemplate) { 6813 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6814 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6815 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6816 return NewTemplate; 6817 } 6818 6819 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6820 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous); 6821 6822 return NewVD; 6823 } 6824 6825 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6826 enum ShadowedDeclKind { 6827 SDK_Local, 6828 SDK_Global, 6829 SDK_StaticMember, 6830 SDK_Field, 6831 SDK_Typedef, 6832 SDK_Using 6833 }; 6834 6835 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6836 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6837 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6838 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6839 return SDK_Using; 6840 else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6841 return SDK_Typedef; 6842 else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6843 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6844 6845 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6846 } 6847 6848 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given 6849 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. 6850 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 6851 const VarDecl *VD) { 6852 for (const LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { 6853 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) 6854 return Capture.getLocation(); 6855 } 6856 return SourceLocation(); 6857 } 6858 6859 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, 6860 const LookupResult &R) { 6861 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6862 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6863 return false; 6864 6865 // Return false if warning is ignored. 6866 return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()); 6867 } 6868 6869 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null 6870 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 6871 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, 6872 const LookupResult &R) { 6873 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 6874 return nullptr; 6875 6876 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6877 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6878 return nullptr; 6879 6880 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6881 return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) 6882 ? ShadowedDecl 6883 : nullptr; 6884 } 6885 6886 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null 6887 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 6888 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, 6889 const LookupResult &R) { 6890 // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class 6891 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 6892 return nullptr; 6893 6894 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 6895 return nullptr; 6896 6897 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6898 return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr; 6899 } 6900 6901 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6902 /// -Wshadow. 6903 /// 6904 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6905 /// scope. 6906 /// 6907 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable 6908 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6909 /// 6910 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6911 const LookupResult &R) { 6912 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6913 6914 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 6915 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6916 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6917 if (MD->isStatic()) 6918 return; 6919 6920 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 6921 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 6922 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC)) 6923 if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 6924 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 6925 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 6926 ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD}); 6927 return; 6928 } 6929 } 6930 6931 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6932 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6933 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6934 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6935 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6936 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6937 ShadowedDecl = I; 6938 break; 6939 } 6940 } 6941 6942 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6943 6944 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; 6945 SourceLocation CaptureLoc; 6946 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && 6947 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { 6948 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { 6949 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { 6950 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { 6951 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. 6952 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); 6953 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. 6954 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); 6955 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6956 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; 6957 } else { 6958 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the 6959 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. 6960 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) 6961 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back( 6962 {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); 6963 return; 6964 } 6965 } 6966 } 6967 } 6968 6969 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6970 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6971 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6972 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6973 return; 6974 6975 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6976 // static data members from base classes? 6977 6978 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6979 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6980 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6981 } 6982 6983 6984 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6985 6986 // Emit warning and note. 6987 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6988 return; 6989 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 6990 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6991 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6992 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 6993 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; 6994 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6995 } 6996 6997 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD 6998 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. 6999 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { 7000 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { 7001 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; 7002 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. 7003 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); 7004 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7005 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() 7006 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local 7007 : diag::warn_decl_shadow) 7008 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() 7009 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; 7010 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7011 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7012 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; 7013 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7014 } 7015 } 7016 7017 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 7018 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 7019 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 7020 return; 7021 7022 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 7023 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7024 LookupName(R, S); 7025 if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R)) 7026 CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R); 7027 } 7028 7029 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 7030 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 7031 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 7032 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 7033 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 7034 return; 7035 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7036 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 7037 if (!DRE) 7038 return; 7039 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 7040 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 7041 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 7042 return; 7043 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 7044 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7045 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 7046 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 7047 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7048 7049 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 7050 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 7051 } 7052 7053 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 7054 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 7055 template<typename T> 7056 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 7057 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 7058 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 7059 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 7060 7061 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7062 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 7063 // declaration. 7064 return false; 7065 } 7066 7067 if (Prev) { 7068 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7069 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 7070 // redeclaration. 7071 Previous.clear(); 7072 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7073 return true; 7074 } 7075 7076 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 7077 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 7078 // declaration. 7079 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 7080 return false; 7081 } else { 7082 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 7083 // translation unit which might conflict. 7084 if (IsGlobal) { 7085 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 7086 IsGlobal = false; 7087 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7088 I != E; ++I) { 7089 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7090 Prev = *I; 7091 break; 7092 } 7093 } 7094 } else { 7095 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 7096 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 7097 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 7098 I != E; ++I) { 7099 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7100 Prev = *I; 7101 break; 7102 } 7103 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 7104 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 7105 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 7106 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 7107 // diagnostic. 7108 } 7109 } 7110 7111 if (!Prev) 7112 return false; 7113 } 7114 7115 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 7116 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 7117 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 7118 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 7119 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 7120 else 7121 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 7122 7123 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 7124 << IsGlobal << ND; 7125 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 7126 << IsGlobal; 7127 return false; 7128 } 7129 7130 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 7131 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 7132 /// 7133 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 7134 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 7135 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 7136 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 7137 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 7138 template<typename T> 7139 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 7140 LookupResult &Previous) { 7141 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7142 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 7143 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 7144 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 7145 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7146 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 7147 Previous.clear(); 7148 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7149 return true; 7150 } 7151 } 7152 return false; 7153 } 7154 7155 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 7156 // declaration. 7157 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 7158 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 7159 7160 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 7161 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 7162 // in another scope. 7163 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 7164 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 7165 7166 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 7167 return false; 7168 } 7169 7170 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 7171 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7172 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7173 return; 7174 7175 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7176 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7177 7178 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 7179 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 7180 return; 7181 7182 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 7183 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 7184 7185 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7186 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 7187 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 7188 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7189 NewVD->setType(T); 7190 } 7191 7192 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 7193 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 7194 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 7195 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 7196 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 7197 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7198 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0; 7199 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7200 return; 7201 } 7202 7203 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 7204 // scope. 7205 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 7206 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") && 7207 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 7208 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 7209 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7210 return; 7211 } 7212 7213 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7214 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 7215 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7216 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 7217 return; 7218 } 7219 7220 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 7221 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 7222 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 7223 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7224 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 7225 << 0 /*const*/; 7226 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7227 return; 7228 } 7229 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7230 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 7231 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7232 return; 7233 } 7234 } 7235 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 7236 // __constant address space. 7237 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 7238 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 7239 // address space. 7240 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 7241 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7242 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 7243 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7244 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 7245 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 7246 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 7247 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 7248 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7249 << Scope << "global or constant"; 7250 else 7251 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7252 << Scope << "constant"; 7253 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7254 return; 7255 } 7256 } else { 7257 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 7258 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7259 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 7260 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7261 return; 7262 } 7263 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 7264 // in functions. 7265 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7266 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 7267 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 7268 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7269 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7270 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7271 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 7272 else 7273 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7274 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 7275 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7276 return; 7277 } 7278 } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { 7279 // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable. 7280 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1; 7281 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7282 return; 7283 } 7284 } 7285 } 7286 7287 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 7288 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7289 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 7290 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 7291 else { 7292 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 7293 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 7294 } 7295 } 7296 7297 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 7298 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 7299 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7300 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7301 7302 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 7303 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 7304 bool SizeIsNegative; 7305 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7306 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 7307 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 7308 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 7309 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 7310 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 7311 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 7312 // int a[10][n]; 7313 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 7314 7315 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7316 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 7317 << SizeRange; 7318 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 7319 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 7320 << SizeRange; 7321 else 7322 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 7323 << SizeRange; 7324 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7325 return; 7326 } 7327 7328 if (!FixedTInfo) { 7329 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7330 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 7331 else 7332 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 7333 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7334 return; 7335 } 7336 7337 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7338 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 7339 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 7340 } 7341 7342 if (T->isVoidType()) { 7343 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 7344 // of objects and functions. 7345 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7346 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 7347 << T; 7348 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7349 return; 7350 } 7351 } 7352 7353 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7354 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7355 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7356 return; 7357 } 7358 7359 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7360 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 7361 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7362 return; 7363 } 7364 7365 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 7366 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 7367 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 7368 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7369 return; 7370 } 7371 } 7372 7373 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 7374 /// declaration. 7375 /// 7376 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 7377 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 7378 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 7379 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 7380 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 7381 /// 7382 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 7383 /// 7384 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 7385 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 7386 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 7387 7388 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7389 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7390 return false; 7391 7392 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 7393 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 7394 if (Previous.empty() && 7395 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 7396 Previous.setShadowed(); 7397 7398 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7399 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 7400 return true; 7401 } 7402 return false; 7403 } 7404 7405 namespace { 7406 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7407 Sema *S; 7408 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7409 7410 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7411 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7412 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7413 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7414 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7415 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7416 7417 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7418 7419 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7420 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7421 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7422 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7423 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7424 7425 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7426 } 7427 7428 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7429 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7430 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7431 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7432 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7433 return true; 7434 } 7435 } 7436 7437 return false; 7438 } 7439 }; 7440 7441 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7442 } // end anonymous namespace 7443 7444 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7445 /// overriden methods. 7446 /// 7447 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7448 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7449 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7450 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7451 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7452 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7453 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 7454 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 7455 I != E; ++I) { 7456 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7457 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7458 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7459 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7460 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 7461 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 7462 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7463 } 7464 } 7465 7466 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7467 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7468 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7469 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7470 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7471 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7472 FOM.Method = MD; 7473 FOM.S = this; 7474 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7475 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7476 bool AddedAny = false; 7477 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7478 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7479 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7480 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7481 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7482 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7483 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7484 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7485 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7486 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7487 AddedAny = true; 7488 } 7489 } 7490 } 7491 } 7492 7493 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7494 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7495 } 7496 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7497 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7498 } 7499 7500 return AddedAny; 7501 } 7502 7503 namespace { 7504 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7505 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7506 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7507 Scope *S; 7508 Declarator &D; 7509 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7510 bool AddToScope; 7511 }; 7512 } // end anonymous namespace 7513 7514 namespace { 7515 7516 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7517 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7518 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7519 public: 7520 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7521 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7522 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7523 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7524 7525 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7526 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7527 return false; 7528 7529 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7530 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7531 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7532 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7533 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7534 7535 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7536 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7537 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7538 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7539 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7540 return true; 7541 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7542 return true; 7543 } 7544 } 7545 } 7546 7547 return false; 7548 } 7549 7550 private: 7551 ASTContext &Context; 7552 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7553 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7554 }; 7555 7556 } // end anonymous namespace 7557 7558 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) { 7559 TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F); 7560 } 7561 7562 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7563 /// 7564 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7565 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7566 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7567 /// the same name. 7568 /// 7569 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7570 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7571 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7572 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7573 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7574 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7575 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7576 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7577 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7578 TypoCorrection Correction; 7579 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7580 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7581 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7582 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7583 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7584 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7585 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7586 7587 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7588 if (IsLocalFriend) 7589 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7590 else 7591 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7592 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7593 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7594 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7595 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7596 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7597 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7598 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7599 if (FD && 7600 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7601 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7602 // involve a parameter 7603 unsigned ParamNum = 7604 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7605 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7606 } 7607 } 7608 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7609 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7610 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7611 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7612 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7613 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7614 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7615 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7616 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7617 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7618 Previous.clear(); 7619 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7620 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7621 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7622 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7623 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7624 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7625 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7626 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7627 } 7628 } 7629 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7630 7631 NamedDecl *Result; 7632 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7633 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7634 { 7635 // Trap errors. 7636 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7637 7638 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7639 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7640 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7641 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7642 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7643 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7644 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7645 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7646 7647 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7648 Result = nullptr; 7649 } 7650 7651 if (Result) { 7652 // Determine which correction we picked. 7653 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7654 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7655 I != E; ++I) 7656 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7657 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7658 7659 // Let Sema know about the correction. 7660 SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result); 7661 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7662 Correction, 7663 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7664 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7665 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7666 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7667 return Result; 7668 } 7669 7670 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7671 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7672 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7673 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7674 Previous.clear(); 7675 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7676 } 7677 7678 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7679 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7680 7681 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7682 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7683 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7684 7685 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7686 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7687 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7688 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7689 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7690 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7691 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7692 7693 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7694 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7695 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7696 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7697 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7698 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7699 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7700 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7701 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7702 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7703 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7704 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7705 } else 7706 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7707 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7708 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7709 } 7710 return nullptr; 7711 } 7712 7713 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7714 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7715 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7716 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7717 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7718 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7719 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7720 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7721 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7722 D.setInvalidType(); 7723 break; 7724 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7725 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7726 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7727 return SC_None; 7728 return SC_Extern; 7729 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7730 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7731 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7732 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7733 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7734 // other than extern 7735 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7736 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7737 diag::err_static_block_func); 7738 break; 7739 } else 7740 return SC_Static; 7741 } 7742 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7743 } 7744 7745 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7746 return SC_None; 7747 } 7748 7749 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7750 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7751 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7752 StorageClass SC, 7753 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7754 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7755 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7756 7757 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7758 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7759 7760 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7761 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7762 // prototype. This true when: 7763 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7764 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non- 7765 // attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a 7766 // function type). 7767 bool HasPrototype = 7768 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7769 (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7770 7771 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7772 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7773 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7774 HasPrototype, false); 7775 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7776 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7777 7778 return NewFD; 7779 } 7780 7781 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7782 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7783 7784 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7785 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7786 // the class has been completely parsed. 7787 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7788 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7789 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7790 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7791 D.setInvalidType(); 7792 7793 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7794 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7795 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7796 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7797 7798 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7799 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7800 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7801 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7802 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7803 isConstexpr); 7804 7805 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7806 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7807 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7808 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7809 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7810 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7811 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7812 D.getLocStart(), 7813 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7814 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7815 7816 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7817 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7818 // it yet. 7819 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7820 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7821 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7822 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7823 } 7824 7825 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7826 return NewDD; 7827 7828 } else { 7829 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7830 D.setInvalidType(); 7831 7832 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7833 // code path. 7834 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7835 D.getLocStart(), 7836 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7837 SC, isInline, 7838 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7839 } 7840 7841 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7842 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7843 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7844 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7845 return nullptr; 7846 } 7847 7848 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7849 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7850 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7851 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7852 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7853 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7854 7855 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) { 7856 SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7857 7858 return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 7859 isExplicit, NameInfo, R, TInfo, 7860 D.getLocEnd()); 7861 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7862 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7863 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7864 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7865 // constructor if it has no return type). 7866 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7867 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7868 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7869 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7870 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7871 return nullptr; 7872 } 7873 7874 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7875 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7876 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7877 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7878 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7879 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7880 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7881 return Ret; 7882 } else { 7883 bool isFriend = 7884 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7885 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7886 return nullptr; 7887 7888 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7889 // prototype. This true when: 7890 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7891 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7892 D.getLocStart(), 7893 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7894 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7895 } 7896 } 7897 7898 enum OpenCLParamType { 7899 ValidKernelParam, 7900 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7901 PtrKernelParam, 7902 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, 7903 InvalidKernelParam, 7904 RecordKernelParam 7905 }; 7906 7907 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 7908 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7909 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7910 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7911 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7912 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || 7913 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0) 7914 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; 7915 return PtrKernelParam; 7916 } 7917 7918 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7919 // be used as builtin types. 7920 7921 if (PT->isImageType()) 7922 return PtrKernelParam; 7923 7924 if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT()) 7925 return InvalidKernelParam; 7926 7927 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 7928 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 7929 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 7930 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType()) 7931 return InvalidKernelParam; 7932 7933 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7934 return RecordKernelParam; 7935 7936 return ValidKernelParam; 7937 } 7938 7939 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7940 Sema &S, 7941 Declarator &D, 7942 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7943 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7944 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7945 7946 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7947 // used again 7948 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7949 return; 7950 7951 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 7952 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7953 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7954 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7955 // pointer to a pointer type. 7956 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7957 D.setInvalidType(); 7958 return; 7959 7960 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: 7961 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: 7962 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point 7963 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or 7964 // __constant. 7965 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); 7966 D.setInvalidType(); 7967 return; 7968 7969 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7970 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7971 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7972 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7973 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7974 7975 case InvalidKernelParam: 7976 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7977 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7978 // of event_t type. 7979 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 7980 // type for any function elsewhere. 7981 if (!PT->isHalfType()) 7982 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7983 D.setInvalidType(); 7984 return; 7985 7986 case PtrKernelParam: 7987 case ValidKernelParam: 7988 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7989 return; 7990 7991 case RecordKernelParam: 7992 break; 7993 } 7994 7995 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7996 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7997 7998 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7999 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 8000 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 8001 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 8002 8003 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 8004 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 8005 8006 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 8007 8008 do { 8009 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 8010 if (!Next) { 8011 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 8012 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 8013 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 8014 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 8015 8016 continue; 8017 } 8018 8019 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 8020 // field itself) to the history stack. 8021 const RecordDecl *RD; 8022 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 8023 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 8024 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 8025 } else { 8026 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 8027 } 8028 8029 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 8030 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 8031 8032 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 8033 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 8034 8035 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 8036 continue; 8037 8038 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 8039 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 8040 continue; 8041 8042 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 8043 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 8044 continue; 8045 } 8046 8047 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 8048 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 8049 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 8050 // union. 8051 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 8052 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { 8053 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 8054 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 8055 << PT->isUnionType() 8056 << PT; 8057 } else { 8058 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8059 } 8060 8061 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8062 << PD->getDeclName(); 8063 8064 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 8065 // the offending field came from 8066 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 8067 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 8068 E = HistoryStack.end(); 8069 I != E; ++I) { 8070 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 8071 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8072 << OuterField->getType(); 8073 } 8074 8075 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 8076 << QT->isPointerType() 8077 << QT; 8078 D.setInvalidType(); 8079 return; 8080 } 8081 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 8082 } 8083 8084 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8085 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8086 /// nothing. 8087 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8088 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8089 DC = DC->getParent(); 8090 return DC; 8091 } 8092 8093 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8094 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8095 /// nothing. 8096 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 8097 while (S->isClassScope() || 8098 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 8099 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8100 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8101 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 8102 S = S->getParent(); 8103 return S; 8104 } 8105 8106 NamedDecl* 8107 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 8108 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 8109 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 8110 bool &AddToScope) { 8111 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 8112 8113 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 8114 8115 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 8116 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 8117 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 8118 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 8119 8120 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 8121 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8122 diag::err_invalid_thread) 8123 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 8124 8125 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 8126 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 8127 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8128 8129 bool isFriend = false; 8130 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 8131 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 8132 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8133 8134 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 8135 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8136 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 8137 8138 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 8139 8140 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 8141 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 8142 8143 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 8144 isVirtualOkay); 8145 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 8146 8147 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 8148 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 8149 8150 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 8151 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 8152 // context will be different from the semantic context. 8153 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8154 8155 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 8156 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 8157 8158 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8159 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 8160 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 8161 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 8162 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 8163 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 8164 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8165 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8166 // C++ [class.friend]p5 8167 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 8168 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 8169 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8170 } 8171 8172 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 8173 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 8174 // return true). 8175 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 8176 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 8177 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 8178 NewFD->setPure(true); 8179 8180 // C++ [class.union]p2 8181 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 8182 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 8183 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 8184 } 8185 8186 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 8187 isMemberSpecialization = false; 8188 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8189 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8190 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8191 8192 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 8193 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 8194 bool Invalid = false; 8195 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 8196 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 8197 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8198 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 8199 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 8200 ? D.getName().TemplateId 8201 : nullptr, 8202 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization, 8203 Invalid)) { 8204 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8205 // This is a function template 8206 8207 // Check that we can declare a template here. 8208 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 8209 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8210 8211 // A destructor cannot be a template. 8212 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8213 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 8214 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8215 } 8216 8217 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 8218 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 8219 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 8220 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 8221 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 8222 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 8223 Invalid = true; 8224 } 8225 8226 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 8227 NewFD->getLocation(), 8228 Name, TemplateParams, 8229 NewFD); 8230 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8231 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 8232 8233 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 8234 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 8235 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8236 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 8237 } 8238 } else { 8239 // This is a function template specialization. 8240 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8241 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8242 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8243 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8244 8245 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 8246 if (isFriend) { 8247 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 8248 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 8249 8250 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 8251 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 8252 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 8253 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 8254 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 8255 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 8256 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8257 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 8258 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 8259 } 8260 8261 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 8262 << Name << RemoveRange 8263 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 8264 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 8265 } 8266 } 8267 } 8268 else { 8269 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 8270 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 8271 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8272 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8273 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8274 } 8275 8276 if (Invalid) { 8277 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8278 if (FunctionTemplate) 8279 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8280 } 8281 8282 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 8283 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 8284 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 8285 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 8286 // 8287 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8288 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 8289 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8290 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 8291 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8292 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 8293 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8294 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 8295 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8296 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8297 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 8298 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 8299 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8300 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 8301 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8302 } else { 8303 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 8304 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 8305 } 8306 8307 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8308 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 8309 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 8310 } 8311 8312 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8313 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 8314 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 8315 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8316 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 8317 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 8318 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 8319 // thing to do. 8320 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 8321 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 8322 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8323 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8324 QualType Result = 8325 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 8326 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 8327 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 8328 } 8329 8330 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 8331 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 8332 // declaration. 8333 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8334 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8335 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 8336 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8337 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 8338 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 8339 } 8340 } 8341 8342 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 8343 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 8344 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 8345 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 8346 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8347 !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 8348 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8349 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 8350 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8351 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 8352 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8353 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 8354 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8355 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 8356 // or conversion function. 8357 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8358 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 8359 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8360 } 8361 } 8362 8363 if (isConstexpr) { 8364 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 8365 // are implicitly inline. 8366 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8367 8368 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 8369 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 8370 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 8371 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 8372 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 8373 } 8374 8375 if (isConcept) { 8376 // This is a function concept. 8377 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8378 FTD->setConcept(); 8379 8380 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8381 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 8382 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8383 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8384 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 8385 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8386 } 8387 8388 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 8389 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 8390 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 8391 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8392 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 8393 SourceRange Range; 8394 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 8395 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 8396 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 8397 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 8398 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8399 } else { 8400 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 8401 } 8402 8403 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8404 // following restrictions: 8405 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 8406 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 8407 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 8408 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8409 } 8410 8411 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8412 // following restrictions: 8413 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 8414 // parameter list. 8415 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 8416 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 8417 } 8418 8419 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 8420 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 8421 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8422 8423 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 8424 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 8425 // specifiers, [...] 8426 if (isInline) { 8427 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8428 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8429 << 1 << 1; 8430 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8431 } 8432 8433 if (isFriend) { 8434 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 8435 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8436 << 1 << 2; 8437 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8438 } 8439 8440 if (isConstexpr) { 8441 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 8442 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8443 << 1 << 3; 8444 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8445 } 8446 8447 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8448 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 8449 // template, declared in namespace scope. 8450 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8451 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8452 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 8453 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8454 return NewFD; 8455 } 8456 } 8457 8458 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8459 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8460 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8461 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8462 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8463 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8464 << 0 8465 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8466 } else { 8467 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8468 if (FunctionTemplate) 8469 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8470 } 8471 } 8472 8473 if (isFriend) { 8474 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8475 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8476 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8477 } 8478 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8479 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8480 } 8481 8482 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8483 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8484 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8485 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8486 case FDK_Declaration: 8487 case FDK_Definition: 8488 break; 8489 8490 case FDK_Defaulted: 8491 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8492 break; 8493 8494 case FDK_Deleted: 8495 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8496 break; 8497 } 8498 8499 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8500 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8501 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8502 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8503 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8504 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8505 } 8506 8507 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8508 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8509 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8510 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8511 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8512 // the class. 8513 8514 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8515 // member function definition. 8516 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8517 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8518 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8519 } 8520 8521 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8522 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8523 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8524 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8525 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8526 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8527 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8528 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8529 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8530 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8531 } 8532 8533 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8534 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8535 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8536 isMemberSpecialization || 8537 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8538 8539 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8540 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8541 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8542 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8543 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8544 SE->getString(), 0)); 8545 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8546 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8547 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8548 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8549 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8550 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8551 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8552 } else 8553 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8554 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8555 } 8556 } 8557 8558 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8559 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8560 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8561 unsigned FTIIdx; 8562 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { 8563 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; 8564 8565 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8566 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8567 // single void argument. 8568 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8569 // already checks for that case. 8570 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8571 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8572 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8573 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8574 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8575 Params.push_back(Param); 8576 8577 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8578 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8579 } 8580 } 8581 8582 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8583 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them 8584 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag 8585 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always 8586 // the TU. 8587 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = 8588 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); 8589 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { 8590 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); 8591 8592 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum 8593 // instead. 8594 if (!TD) { 8595 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) 8596 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 8597 } 8598 if (!TD) 8599 continue; 8600 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 8601 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) 8602 continue; 8603 TagDC->removeDecl(TD); 8604 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8605 NewFD->addDecl(TD); 8606 8607 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag 8608 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of 8609 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the 8610 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: 8611 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); 8612 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) 8613 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); 8614 } 8615 } 8616 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8617 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8618 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8619 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8620 // 8621 // @code 8622 // typedef void fn(int); 8623 // fn f; 8624 // @endcode 8625 8626 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8627 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8628 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8629 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8630 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8631 Params.push_back(Param); 8632 } 8633 } else { 8634 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8635 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8636 } 8637 8638 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8639 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8640 8641 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8642 NewFD->addAttr( 8643 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8644 Context, 0)); 8645 8646 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8647 // because all functions have linkage. 8648 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8649 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8650 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8651 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8652 } 8653 8654 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active 8655 if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8656 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8657 NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 8658 PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName, 8659 PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation)); 8660 } 8661 8662 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8663 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8664 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8665 NewFD->addAttr( 8666 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8667 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8668 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8669 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8670 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8671 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8672 NewFD)) 8673 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8674 } 8675 8676 // Handle attributes. 8677 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8678 8679 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8680 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8681 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8682 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8683 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 8684 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 8685 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 8686 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8687 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8688 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8689 } 8690 } 8691 8692 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8693 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8694 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8695 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8696 8697 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8698 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8699 8700 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8701 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8702 isMemberSpecialization)); 8703 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8704 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8705 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8706 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8707 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8708 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8709 8710 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8711 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8712 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8713 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8714 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8715 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8716 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8717 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8718 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8719 int DiagID = 8720 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8721 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8722 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8723 } 8724 } 8725 } else { 8726 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8727 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8728 // 8729 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8730 // 8731 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8732 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8733 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8734 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8735 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8736 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8737 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8738 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8739 8740 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8741 // argument list into our AST format. 8742 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8743 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8744 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8745 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8746 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8747 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8748 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8749 TemplateArgs); 8750 8751 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8752 8753 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8754 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8755 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8756 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8757 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8758 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8759 8760 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8761 } else { 8762 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8763 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8764 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8765 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8766 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8767 } 8768 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8769 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8770 // wrote something like: 8771 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8772 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8773 // friend void foo<>(int); 8774 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8775 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8776 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8777 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8778 } 8779 8780 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because 8781 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their 8782 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, 8783 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a 8784 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template 8785 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. 8786 if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) 8787 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); 8788 8789 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8790 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8791 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8792 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8793 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8794 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8795 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8796 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8797 TemplateArgs, 8798 InstantiationDependent))) { 8799 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8800 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8801 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8802 Previous)) 8803 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8804 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8805 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8806 && !isFriend) { 8807 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8808 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8809 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8810 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8811 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8812 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8813 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8814 : nullptr), 8815 Previous)) 8816 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8817 8818 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8819 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8820 // specialization (14.7.3) 8821 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8822 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8823 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8824 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8825 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8826 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8827 << SC 8828 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8829 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8830 8831 else 8832 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8833 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8834 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8835 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8836 } 8837 } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8838 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8839 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8840 } 8841 8842 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8843 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8844 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8845 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8846 8847 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8848 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8849 8850 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8851 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8852 isMemberSpecialization)); 8853 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8854 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8855 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8856 } 8857 8858 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8859 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8860 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8861 8862 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8863 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8864 : NewFD); 8865 8866 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { 8867 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8868 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8869 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8870 8871 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8872 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8873 } 8874 8875 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8876 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8877 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8878 8879 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8880 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8881 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8882 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8883 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8884 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8885 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8886 : nullptr, 8887 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8888 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8889 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8890 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8891 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8892 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8893 DC->isDependentContext()) 8894 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8895 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8896 } 8897 8898 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8899 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8900 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8901 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8902 AddToScope }; 8903 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8904 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8905 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8906 8907 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8908 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8909 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8910 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8911 8912 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8913 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8914 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8915 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8916 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8917 // can actually do this check immediately. 8918 if (isFriend && 8919 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8920 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8921 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8922 // ignore these 8923 } else { 8924 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8925 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8926 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8927 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8928 // 8929 // class X { 8930 // void f() const; 8931 // }; 8932 // 8933 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8934 // 8935 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8936 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8937 // whether the parameter types are references). 8938 8939 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8940 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8941 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8942 return Result; 8943 } 8944 } 8945 8946 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8947 // to something. 8948 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8949 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8950 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8951 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8952 return Result; 8953 } 8954 } 8955 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8956 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8957 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8958 !isMemberSpecialization) { 8959 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8960 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8961 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8962 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8963 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8964 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8965 // generate them. 8966 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8967 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8968 } 8969 } 8970 8971 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8972 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8973 8974 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8975 8976 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8977 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8978 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8979 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8980 << NewFD; 8981 8982 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8983 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8984 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8985 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8986 EPI.Variadic = true; 8987 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8988 8989 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8990 NewFD->setType(R); 8991 } 8992 8993 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8994 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8995 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8996 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8997 8998 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8999 // marking the function. 9000 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 9001 9002 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 9003 // a pragma. 9004 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 9005 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 9006 9007 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 9008 // the map of such variables. 9009 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9010 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 9011 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 9012 9013 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 9014 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 9015 9016 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 9017 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 9018 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 9019 isMemberSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 9020 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 9021 } 9022 9023 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 9024 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 9025 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9026 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 9027 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 9028 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 9029 9030 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 9031 } 9032 9033 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 9034 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 9035 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 9036 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 9037 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 9038 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 9039 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 9040 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 9041 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 9042 } 9043 } 9044 9045 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 9046 9047 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9048 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9049 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9050 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 9051 return FunctionTemplate; 9052 } 9053 9054 if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9055 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous); 9056 } 9057 9058 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 9059 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 9060 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 9061 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 9062 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 9063 D.setInvalidType(); 9064 } 9065 9066 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 9067 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 9068 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9069 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 9070 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 9071 : FixItHint()); 9072 D.setInvalidType(); 9073 } 9074 9075 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 9076 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 9077 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 9078 } 9079 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 9080 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 9081 9082 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 9083 // types. 9084 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 9085 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 9086 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 9087 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 9088 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 9089 D.setInvalidType(); 9090 } 9091 } 9092 } 9093 } 9094 9095 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 9096 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 9097 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 9098 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 9099 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 9100 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 9101 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 9102 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 9103 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 9104 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 9105 AddToScope = false; 9106 } 9107 9108 return NewFD; 9109 } 9110 9111 /// \brief Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 9112 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 9113 /// 9114 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 9115 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 9116 /// same declaration name. 9117 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 9118 /// belongs to. 9119 /// 9120 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 9121 // Any declarations should be put into redeclaration chains except for 9122 // friend declaration in a dependent context that names a function in 9123 // namespace scope. 9124 // 9125 // This allows to compile code like: 9126 // 9127 // void func(); 9128 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() { } }; 9129 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() { } }; 9130 // 9131 // This code snippet is a valid code unless both templates are instantiated. 9132 return !(D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9133 D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9134 D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None); 9135 } 9136 9137 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 9138 /// 9139 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 9140 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 9141 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 9142 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 9143 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 9144 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 9145 /// via InstantiateDecl). 9146 /// 9147 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 9148 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the 9149 /// previous declaration). 9150 /// 9151 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 9152 /// 9153 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 9154 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9155 LookupResult &Previous, 9156 bool IsMemberSpecialization) { 9157 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 9158 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 9159 9160 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 9161 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 9162 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 9163 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9164 !Previous.isShadowed(); 9165 9166 bool Redeclaration = false; 9167 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 9168 9169 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 9170 // the same name, if appropriate. 9171 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9172 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 9173 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 9174 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 9175 // function to the scope. 9176 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 9177 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9178 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 9179 Redeclaration = true; 9180 OldDecl = Candidate; 9181 } 9182 } else { 9183 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 9184 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 9185 case Ovl_Match: 9186 Redeclaration = true; 9187 break; 9188 9189 case Ovl_NonFunction: 9190 Redeclaration = true; 9191 break; 9192 9193 case Ovl_Overload: 9194 Redeclaration = false; 9195 break; 9196 } 9197 9198 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9199 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 9200 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 9201 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 9202 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 9203 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 9204 Redeclaration ? OldDecl : Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9205 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 9206 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 9207 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 9208 } 9209 } 9210 } 9211 9212 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 9213 if (!Redeclaration && 9214 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 9215 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9216 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 9217 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 9218 Redeclaration = true; 9219 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 9220 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 9221 9222 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 9223 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9224 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9225 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 9226 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 9227 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 9228 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 9229 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 9230 } 9231 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 9232 Redeclaration = false; 9233 OldDecl = nullptr; 9234 } 9235 } 9236 } 9237 } 9238 9239 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 9240 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 9241 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 9242 // 9243 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 9244 // definition of a static member function. 9245 // 9246 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 9247 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 9248 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 9249 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 9250 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 9251 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 9252 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 9253 if (OldDecl) 9254 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 9255 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 9256 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 9257 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9258 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 9259 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 9260 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 9261 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 9262 9263 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 9264 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 9265 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 9266 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 9267 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 9268 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 9269 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 9270 9271 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 9272 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 9273 } 9274 } 9275 } 9276 9277 if (Redeclaration) { 9278 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 9279 // merged. 9280 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 9281 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9282 return Redeclaration; 9283 } 9284 9285 Previous.clear(); 9286 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 9287 9288 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 9289 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 9290 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 9291 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 9292 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 9293 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 9294 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 9295 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 9296 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 9297 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 9298 } 9299 9300 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 9301 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 9302 if (IsMemberSpecialization && 9303 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 9304 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 9305 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 9306 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 9307 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 9308 if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) { 9309 FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl = 9310 OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9311 // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules. 9312 assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl); 9313 // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation. 9314 OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 9315 } 9316 } 9317 9318 } else { 9319 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 9320 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 9321 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 9322 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 9323 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 9324 } 9325 } 9326 } 9327 9328 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 9329 9330 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9331 // C++-specific checks. 9332 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9333 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 9334 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 9335 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9336 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 9337 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 9338 9339 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 9340 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 9341 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 9342 DeclarationName Name 9343 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 9344 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 9345 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 9346 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 9347 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9348 return Redeclaration; 9349 } 9350 } 9351 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 9352 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 9353 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 9354 } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 9355 if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 9356 CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD); 9357 9358 // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be 9359 // explicitly specialized. 9360 if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) 9361 Diag(Guide->getLocStart(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized) 9362 << /*explicit specialization*/ 1; 9363 } 9364 9365 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 9366 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9367 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 9368 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 9369 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 9370 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 9371 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 9372 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9373 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 9374 } 9375 } 9376 } 9377 9378 if (Method->isStatic()) 9379 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 9380 } 9381 9382 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 9383 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 9384 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9385 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9386 return Redeclaration; 9387 } 9388 9389 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 9390 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 9391 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9392 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9393 return Redeclaration; 9394 } 9395 9396 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 9397 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 9398 // during delayed parsing anyway. 9399 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 9400 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 9401 9402 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 9403 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 9404 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 9405 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 9406 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 9407 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 9408 // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception 9409 // specification, that's OK. 9410 // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to 9411 // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type. 9412 if (!T.isNull() && 9413 !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T, 9414 NewFD->getType())) 9415 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 9416 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 9417 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 9418 } 9419 9420 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 9421 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 9422 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 9423 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 9424 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 9425 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 9426 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 9427 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 9428 << NewFD << R; 9429 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 9430 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9431 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 9432 } 9433 9434 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: 9435 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification 9436 // [is] part of the function type 9437 // 9438 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose 9439 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or 9440 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in 9441 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other 9442 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) 9443 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { 9444 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { 9445 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function 9446 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very 9447 // restricted prior to C++17. 9448 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 9449 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 9450 else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) 9451 T = T->getPointeeType(); 9452 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 9453 T = MPT->getPointeeType(); 9454 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9455 if (FPT->isNothrow(Context)) 9456 return true; 9457 return false; 9458 }; 9459 9460 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9461 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); 9462 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) 9463 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); 9464 if (AnyNoexcept) 9465 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9466 diag::warn_cxx1z_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) 9467 << NewFD; 9468 } 9469 9470 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) 9471 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); 9472 } 9473 return Redeclaration; 9474 } 9475 9476 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 9477 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 9478 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 9479 // constexpr is ill-formed. 9480 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 9481 // appear in a declaration of main. 9482 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 9483 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 9484 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9485 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 9486 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 9487 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9488 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 9489 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 9490 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 9491 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 9492 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 9493 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 9494 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 9495 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 9496 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 9497 } 9498 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 9499 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 9500 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 9501 FD->setConstexpr(false); 9502 } 9503 9504 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 9505 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 9506 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 9507 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9508 return; 9509 } 9510 9511 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9512 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9513 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9514 9515 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9516 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 9517 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 9518 // implicit-return-zero rule. 9519 9520 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 9521 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9522 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9523 else { 9524 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 9525 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9526 if (RTRange.isValid()) 9527 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 9528 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 9529 } 9530 } else { 9531 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 9532 // set the flag which tells us that. 9533 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 9534 9535 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 9536 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9537 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9538 else { 9539 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 9540 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9541 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 9542 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 9543 : FixItHint()); 9544 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9545 } 9546 } 9547 9548 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 9549 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 9550 9551 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 9552 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 9553 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 9554 9555 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 9556 9557 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 9558 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 9559 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 9560 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 9561 } 9562 9563 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 9564 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 9565 // getting shifty. 9566 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 9567 HasExtraParameters = false; 9568 9569 if (HasExtraParameters) { 9570 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 9571 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9572 nparams = 3; 9573 } 9574 9575 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 9576 // if we had some location information about types. 9577 9578 QualType CharPP = 9579 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 9580 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 9581 9582 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 9583 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 9584 9585 bool mismatch = true; 9586 9587 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 9588 mismatch = false; 9589 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 9590 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 9591 // char const ** 9592 // char const * const * 9593 // char * const * 9594 9595 QualifierCollector qs; 9596 const PointerType* PT; 9597 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9598 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9599 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 9600 Context.CharTy)) { 9601 qs.removeConst(); 9602 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 9603 } 9604 } 9605 9606 if (mismatch) { 9607 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 9608 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 9609 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9610 } 9611 } 9612 9613 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9614 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 9615 } 9616 9617 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9618 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9619 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9620 } 9621 } 9622 9623 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9624 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9625 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9626 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9627 9628 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 9629 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 9630 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 9631 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 9632 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 9633 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 9634 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 9635 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9636 9637 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9638 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9639 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9640 } 9641 } 9642 9643 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 9644 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 9645 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 9646 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 9647 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 9648 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 9649 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 9650 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 9651 // rules there don't matter.) 9652 const Expr *Culprit; 9653 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9654 return false; 9655 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 9656 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9657 return true; 9658 } 9659 9660 namespace { 9661 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 9662 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 9663 class SelfReferenceChecker 9664 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 9665 Sema &S; 9666 Decl *OrigDecl; 9667 bool isRecordType; 9668 bool isPODType; 9669 bool isReferenceType; 9670 9671 bool isInitList; 9672 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 9673 9674 public: 9675 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 9676 9677 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 9678 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 9679 isPODType = false; 9680 isRecordType = false; 9681 isReferenceType = false; 9682 isInitList = false; 9683 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 9684 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 9685 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 9686 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 9687 } 9688 } 9689 9690 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 9691 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 9692 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 9693 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 9694 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 9695 if (!InitList) { 9696 Visit(E); 9697 return; 9698 } 9699 9700 // Track and increment the index here. 9701 isInitList = true; 9702 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 9703 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 9704 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 9705 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 9706 } 9707 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 9708 } 9709 9710 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed. 9711 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 9712 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 9713 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 9714 Expr *Base = E; 9715 bool ReferenceField = false; 9716 9717 // Get the field memebers used. 9718 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9719 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 9720 if (!FD) 9721 return false; 9722 Fields.push_back(FD); 9723 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 9724 ReferenceField = true; 9725 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9726 } 9727 9728 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 9729 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 9730 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 9731 return false; 9732 9733 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 9734 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 9735 return true; 9736 9737 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 9738 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 9739 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 9740 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 9741 9742 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 9743 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 9744 // initialized, then the use is safe. 9745 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 9746 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 9747 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 9748 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 9749 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 9750 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 9751 return true; 9752 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 9753 break; 9754 } 9755 9756 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 9757 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9758 return true; 9759 } 9760 9761 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 9762 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 9763 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9764 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9765 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9766 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9767 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9768 return; 9769 } 9770 9771 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9772 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9773 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9774 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9775 return; 9776 } 9777 9778 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9779 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9780 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9781 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9782 return; 9783 } 9784 9785 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9786 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9787 return; 9788 } 9789 9790 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9791 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9792 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9793 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9794 return; 9795 } 9796 } 9797 9798 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9799 if (isInitList) { 9800 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9801 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9802 return; 9803 } 9804 9805 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9806 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9807 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9808 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9809 return; 9810 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9811 } 9812 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9813 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9814 return; 9815 } 9816 9817 Visit(E); 9818 } 9819 9820 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9821 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9822 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9823 if (isReferenceType) 9824 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9825 } 9826 9827 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9828 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9829 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9830 return; 9831 } 9832 9833 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9834 } 9835 9836 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9837 if (isInitList) { 9838 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9839 return; 9840 } 9841 9842 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9843 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9844 9845 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9846 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9847 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9848 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9849 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9850 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9851 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9852 Warn = false; 9853 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9854 } 9855 9856 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9857 if (Warn) 9858 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9859 return; 9860 } 9861 9862 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9863 // Visit that expression. 9864 Visit(Base); 9865 } 9866 9867 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9868 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9869 9870 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9871 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9872 9873 Visit(Callee); 9874 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9875 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9876 } 9877 9878 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9879 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9880 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9881 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9882 if (!isPODType) 9883 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9884 return; 9885 } 9886 9887 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9888 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9889 return; 9890 } 9891 9892 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9893 } 9894 9895 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9896 9897 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9898 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9899 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9900 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9901 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9902 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9903 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9904 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9905 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9906 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9907 return; 9908 } 9909 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9910 } 9911 9912 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9913 // Treat std::move as a use. 9914 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9915 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9916 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9917 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9918 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9919 return; 9920 } 9921 } 9922 } 9923 9924 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9925 } 9926 9927 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9928 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9929 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9930 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9931 return; 9932 } 9933 9934 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9935 } 9936 9937 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9938 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9939 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9940 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9941 Visit(E->getCond()); 9942 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9943 } 9944 9945 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9946 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9947 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9948 unsigned diag; 9949 if (isReferenceType) { 9950 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9951 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9952 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9953 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9954 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9955 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9956 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9957 } else { 9958 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9959 return; 9960 } 9961 9962 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9963 S.PDiag(diag) 9964 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9965 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9966 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9967 } 9968 }; 9969 9970 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9971 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9972 bool DirectInit) { 9973 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9974 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9975 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9976 return; 9977 9978 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9979 9980 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9981 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9982 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9983 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9984 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9985 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9986 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9987 return; 9988 9989 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9990 } 9991 } // end anonymous namespace 9992 9993 namespace { 9994 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is 9995 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. 9996 struct VarDeclOrName { 9997 VarDecl *VDecl; 9998 DeclarationName Name; 9999 10000 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & 10001 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { 10002 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; 10003 } 10004 }; 10005 } // end anonymous namespace 10006 10007 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 10008 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 10009 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 10010 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 10011 Expr *Init) { 10012 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 10013 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 10014 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 10015 10016 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; 10017 10018 DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType(); 10019 assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type"); 10020 10021 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 10022 if (!Init) { 10023 assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?"); 10024 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 10025 << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type; 10026 return QualType(); 10027 } 10028 10029 ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits = Init; 10030 if (DirectInit) { 10031 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 10032 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 10033 } 10034 10035 if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 10036 assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?"); 10037 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 10038 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 10039 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 10040 // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits. 10041 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end()); 10042 return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind, 10043 InitsCopy); 10044 } 10045 10046 if (DirectInit) { 10047 if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 10048 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 10049 } 10050 10051 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 10052 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 10053 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 10054 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 10055 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 10056 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 10057 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 10058 << VN << Type << Range; 10059 return QualType(); 10060 } 10061 10062 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 10063 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 10064 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 10065 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 10066 << VN << Type << Range; 10067 return QualType(); 10068 } 10069 10070 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 10071 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 10072 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 10073 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 10074 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 10075 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; 10076 return QualType(); 10077 } 10078 10079 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 10080 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 10081 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 10082 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 10083 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 10084 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10085 return QualType(); 10086 } 10087 Init = Result.get(); 10088 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 10089 } 10090 10091 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: 10092 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier 10093 // is present, e has type cv A 10094 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && 10095 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && 10096 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) 10097 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), 10098 Type.getQualifiers()); 10099 10100 QualType DeducedType; 10101 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 10102 if (!IsInitCapture) 10103 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 10104 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 10105 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 10106 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 10107 << VN 10108 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 10109 : DeduceInit->getType()) 10110 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 10111 else 10112 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 10113 << VN << TSI->getType() 10114 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 10115 : DeduceInit->getType()) 10116 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 10117 } 10118 10119 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 10120 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 10121 // checks. 10122 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 10123 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 10124 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture && 10125 !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 10126 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10127 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; 10128 } 10129 10130 return DeducedType; 10131 } 10132 10133 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, 10134 Expr *Init) { 10135 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 10136 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), 10137 VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 10138 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 10139 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10140 return true; 10141 } 10142 10143 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 10144 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 10145 10146 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 10147 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 10148 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10149 10150 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 10151 // the previously declared type. 10152 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 10153 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 10154 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 10155 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 10156 } 10157 10158 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 10159 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 10160 return VDecl->isInvalidDecl(); 10161 } 10162 10163 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 10164 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 10165 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 10166 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 10167 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 10168 // the initializer. 10169 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10170 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 10171 return; 10172 } 10173 10174 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10175 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 10176 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 10177 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 10178 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 10179 return; 10180 } 10181 10182 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 10183 if (!VDecl) { 10184 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 10185 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 10186 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10187 return; 10188 } 10189 10190 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 10191 if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10192 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 10193 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 10194 // TypoExpr. 10195 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 10196 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 10197 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10198 return; 10199 } 10200 Init = Res.get(); 10201 10202 if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init)) 10203 return; 10204 } 10205 10206 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 10207 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 10208 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 10209 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10210 return; 10211 } 10212 10213 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 10214 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 10215 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 10216 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10217 return; 10218 } 10219 10220 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 10221 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 10222 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 10223 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 10224 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 10225 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 10226 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 10227 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 10228 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10229 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10230 return; 10231 } 10232 10233 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10234 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 10235 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10236 AbstractVariableType)) 10237 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10238 } 10239 10240 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 10241 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 10242 // handle the situation. 10243 VarDecl *Def; 10244 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && 10245 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 10246 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 10247 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 10248 return; 10249 10250 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10251 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 10252 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 10253 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10254 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 10255 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 10256 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 10257 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 10258 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 10259 // 10260 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 10261 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 10262 // declaration with an initializer. 10263 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 10264 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 10265 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 10266 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 10267 diag::note_previous_initializer) 10268 << 0; 10269 return; 10270 } 10271 10272 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 10273 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10274 10275 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 10276 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10277 return; 10278 } 10279 } 10280 10281 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 10282 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 10283 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 10284 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 10285 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10286 return; 10287 } 10288 10289 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 10290 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 10291 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 10292 10293 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 10294 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 10295 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 10296 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 10297 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 10298 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10299 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10300 return; 10301 } 10302 Init = Result.get(); 10303 } 10304 10305 // Perform the initialization. 10306 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 10307 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10308 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 10309 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 10310 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 10311 10312 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 10313 if (CXXDirectInit) 10314 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 10315 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 10316 10317 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 10318 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 10319 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 10320 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 10321 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 10322 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 10323 }); 10324 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 10325 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10326 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 10327 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 10328 } 10329 } 10330 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10331 return; 10332 10333 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 10334 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 10335 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 10336 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 10337 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10338 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10339 return; 10340 } 10341 10342 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 10343 } 10344 10345 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 10346 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 10347 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 10348 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 10349 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 10350 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 10351 } 10352 10353 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 10354 // completed by the initializer. For example: 10355 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 10356 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 10357 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 10358 VDecl->setType(DclT); 10359 10360 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10361 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 10362 10363 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 10364 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 10365 10366 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 10367 // Although this code can still have problems: 10368 // id x = self.weakProp; 10369 // id y = self.weakProp; 10370 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 10371 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 10372 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 10373 if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || 10374 VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) && 10375 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 10376 Init->getLocStart())) 10377 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 10378 } 10379 10380 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 10381 // 10382 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 10383 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 10384 // full-expression. For instance, in: 10385 // 10386 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 10387 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 10388 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 10389 // 10390 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 10391 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 10392 false, 10393 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 10394 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10395 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10396 return; 10397 } 10398 Init = Result.get(); 10399 10400 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 10401 VDecl->setInit(Init); 10402 10403 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 10404 // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed. 10405 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10406 // do nothing 10407 10408 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized. 10409 // This is true even in OpenCL C++. 10410 } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 10411 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10412 10413 // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer. 10414 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10415 // do nothing 10416 10417 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 10418 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 10419 } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10420 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10421 10422 // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers. 10423 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 10424 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 10425 // constant expressions. 10426 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 10427 isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 10428 const Expr *Culprit; 10429 if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) { 10430 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 10431 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 10432 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10433 } 10434 } 10435 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 10436 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 10437 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 10438 // 10439 // struct S { 10440 // static const int value = 17; 10441 // }; 10442 10443 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 10444 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 10445 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 10446 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 10447 // 10448 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 10449 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 10450 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10451 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause 10452 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 10453 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 10454 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 10455 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 10456 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 10457 10458 // Do nothing on dependent types. 10459 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 10460 10461 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 10462 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 10463 // type. 10464 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 10465 10466 // Require constness. 10467 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 10468 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 10469 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10470 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10471 10472 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 10473 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10474 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 10475 SourceLocation Loc; 10476 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 10477 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 10478 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 10479 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 10480 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 10481 ; // Nothing to check. 10482 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 10483 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 10484 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10485 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 10486 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 10487 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10488 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10489 } else { 10490 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 10491 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 10492 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10493 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10494 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10495 } 10496 10497 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 10498 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 10499 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 10500 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 10501 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 10502 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 10503 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10504 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10505 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 10506 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10507 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10508 } else { 10509 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 10510 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10511 10512 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10513 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10514 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10515 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10516 } 10517 } 10518 10519 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 10520 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 10521 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 10522 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 10523 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10524 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 10525 10526 } else { 10527 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 10528 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10529 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10530 } 10531 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 10532 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 10533 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 10534 // defintion. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 10535 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 10536 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 10537 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 10538 // C++ rules. 10539 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 10540 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 10541 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 10542 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 10543 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 10544 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 10545 10546 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 10547 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10548 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10549 } 10550 10551 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 10552 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 10553 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 10554 // 10555 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 10556 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 10557 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 10558 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 10559 // special case code. 10560 10561 // C++ 8.5p11: 10562 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 10563 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 10564 // class type. 10565 if (CXXDirectInit) { 10566 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 10567 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10568 } else if (DirectInit) { 10569 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 10570 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 10571 } 10572 10573 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 10574 } 10575 10576 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 10577 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 10578 /// of sanity. 10579 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 10580 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 10581 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 10582 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10583 10584 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10585 if (!VD) return; 10586 10587 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10588 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 10589 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 10590 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 10591 10592 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10593 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 10594 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10595 return; 10596 } 10597 10598 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 10599 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 10600 10601 // Require a complete type. 10602 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 10603 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 10604 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10605 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10606 return; 10607 } 10608 10609 // Require a non-abstract type. 10610 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 10611 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10612 AbstractVariableType)) { 10613 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10614 return; 10615 } 10616 10617 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 10618 // though. 10619 } 10620 10621 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) { 10622 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 10623 if (!RealDecl) 10624 return; 10625 10626 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10627 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 10628 10629 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 10630 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10631 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 10632 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10633 return; 10634 } 10635 10636 if (Type->isUndeducedType() && 10637 DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr)) 10638 return; 10639 10640 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 10641 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 10642 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 10643 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 10644 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 10645 // member. 10646 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10647 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 10648 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 10649 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 10650 // a definition there. 10651 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) { 10652 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10653 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 10654 << Var->getDeclName(); 10655 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10656 return; 10657 } 10658 } else { 10659 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 10660 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10661 return; 10662 } 10663 } 10664 10665 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 10666 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 10667 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 10668 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 10669 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 10670 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 10671 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10672 return; 10673 } 10674 } 10675 10676 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 10677 // be initialized. 10678 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10679 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 10680 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 10681 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 10682 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10683 return; 10684 } 10685 10686 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10687 case VarDecl::Definition: 10688 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 10689 break; 10690 10691 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 10692 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 10693 // a declaration. 10694 // 10695 // Fall through 10696 10697 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 10698 // It's only a declaration. 10699 10700 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 10701 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 10702 // object shall be complete. 10703 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 10704 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10705 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10706 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 10707 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10708 10709 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 10710 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10711 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10712 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10713 AbstractVariableType)) 10714 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10715 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10716 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 10717 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 10718 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 10719 } 10720 10721 return; 10722 10723 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 10724 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 10725 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 10726 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 10727 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 10728 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 10729 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 10730 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 10731 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 10732 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10733 ArrayT->getElementType(), 10734 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 10735 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10736 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10737 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 10738 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 10739 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 10740 // NOTE: code such as the following 10741 // static struct s; 10742 // struct s { int a; }; 10743 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 10744 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 10745 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 10746 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 10747 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10748 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 10749 } 10750 } 10751 10752 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 10753 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10754 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 10755 return; 10756 } 10757 10758 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10759 // definitions with incomplete array type. 10760 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 10761 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10762 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 10763 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10764 return; 10765 } 10766 10767 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10768 // definitions with reference type. 10769 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 10770 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 10771 << Var->getDeclName() 10772 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 10773 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10774 return; 10775 } 10776 10777 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 10778 // variable with dependent type. 10779 if (Type->isDependentType()) 10780 return; 10781 10782 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10783 return; 10784 10785 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 10786 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10787 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 10788 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10789 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10790 return; 10791 } 10792 } else { 10793 return; 10794 } 10795 10796 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10797 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10798 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10799 AbstractVariableType)) { 10800 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10801 return; 10802 } 10803 10804 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 10805 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 10806 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 10807 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 10808 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 10809 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 10810 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 10811 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 10812 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 10813 // types and is declared without an initializer. 10814 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10815 if (const RecordType *Record 10816 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10817 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 10818 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 10819 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 10820 // incompatibilities with C++98. 10821 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 10822 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10823 } 10824 } 10825 10826 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 10827 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 10828 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 10829 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 10830 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 10831 // type shall have a user-declared default 10832 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 10833 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 10834 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 10835 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 10836 // program is ill-formed. 10837 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 10838 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 10839 // default-initialized; [...]. 10840 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 10841 InitializationKind Kind 10842 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 10843 10844 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10845 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10846 if (Init.isInvalid()) 10847 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10848 else if (Init.get()) { 10849 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 10850 // This is important for template substitution. 10851 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10852 } 10853 10854 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 10855 } 10856 } 10857 10858 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 10859 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 10860 if (!D) 10861 return; 10862 10863 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10864 if (!VD) { 10865 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 10866 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10867 return; 10868 } 10869 10870 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10871 10872 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 10873 int Error = -1; 10874 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10875 case SC_None: 10876 break; 10877 case SC_Extern: 10878 Error = 0; 10879 break; 10880 case SC_Static: 10881 Error = 1; 10882 break; 10883 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10884 Error = 2; 10885 break; 10886 case SC_Auto: 10887 Error = 3; 10888 break; 10889 case SC_Register: 10890 Error = 4; 10891 break; 10892 } 10893 if (Error != -1) { 10894 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10895 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10896 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10897 } 10898 } 10899 10900 StmtResult 10901 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10902 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10903 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10904 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10905 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10906 // A range-based for statement of the form 10907 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10908 // is equivalent to 10909 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10910 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10911 10912 const char *PrevSpec; 10913 unsigned DiagID; 10914 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10915 getPrintingPolicy()); 10916 10917 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10918 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10919 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10920 10921 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10922 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10923 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10924 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10925 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10926 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 10927 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 10928 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 10929 } 10930 10931 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 10932 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10933 10934 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10935 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 10936 // initialiser 10937 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 10938 !var->hasInit()) { 10939 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 10940 << 1 /*Init*/; 10941 var->setInvalidDecl(); 10942 return; 10943 } 10944 } 10945 10946 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 10947 // local retaining variable. 10948 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10949 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10950 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 10951 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 10952 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 10953 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 10954 break; 10955 10956 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 10957 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 10958 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10959 break; 10960 } 10961 } 10962 10963 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 10964 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 10965 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 10966 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 10967 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 10968 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10969 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 10970 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 10971 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 10972 var->getLocation())) { 10973 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 10974 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 10975 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 10976 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 10977 10978 if (!prev) 10979 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 10980 } 10981 10982 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 10983 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 10984 const Expr *CacheCulprit; 10985 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 10986 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 10987 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10988 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 10989 return *CacheHasConstInit; 10990 }; 10991 10992 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 10993 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 10994 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 10995 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 10996 // have a non-trivial destructor. 10997 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 10998 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10999 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 11000 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 11001 if (!checkConstInit()) { 11002 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 11003 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 11004 // initialization. 11005 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 11006 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 11007 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 11008 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11009 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 11010 } 11011 } 11012 } 11013 11014 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 11015 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 11016 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11017 !inTemplateInstantiation()) { 11018 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 11019 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 11020 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 11021 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 11022 else if (!var->getInit()) { 11023 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 11024 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 11025 } else { 11026 Stack = &DataSegStack; 11027 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 11028 } 11029 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 11030 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 11031 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 11032 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 11033 } 11034 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 11035 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 11036 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 11037 11038 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 11039 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 11040 // attribute. 11041 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 11042 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 11043 CurInitSegLoc)); 11044 } 11045 11046 // All the following checks are C++ only. 11047 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11048 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 11049 // current module. 11050 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 11051 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 11052 return; 11053 } 11054 11055 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 11056 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 11057 11058 QualType type = var->getType(); 11059 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 11060 11061 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 11062 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11063 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 11064 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 11065 11066 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 11067 // constructing this copy. 11068 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 11069 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope( 11070 *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); 11071 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 11072 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 11073 ExprResult result 11074 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 11075 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 11076 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 11077 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 11078 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 11079 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 11080 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 11081 } 11082 } 11083 } 11084 11085 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 11086 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 11087 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 11088 11089 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 11090 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 11091 11092 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 11093 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 11094 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 11095 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 11096 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 11097 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 11098 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 11099 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 11100 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 11101 Notes.clear(); 11102 } 11103 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 11104 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 11105 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 11106 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 11107 } 11108 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 11109 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 11110 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 11111 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 11112 var->checkInitIsICE(); 11113 } 11114 11115 // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they 11116 // were just diagnosed. 11117 if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && 11118 var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) { 11119 // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. 11120 bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 11121 ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); 11122 if (DiagErr) { 11123 auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>(); 11124 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 11125 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11126 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 11127 << attr->getRange(); 11128 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 11129 APValue Value; 11130 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 11131 Init->EvaluateAsInitializer(Value, getASTContext(), var, Notes); 11132 for (auto &it : Notes) 11133 Diag(it.first, it.second); 11134 } else { 11135 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), 11136 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) 11137 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 11138 } 11139 } 11140 } 11141 else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && 11142 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 11143 var->getLocation())) { 11144 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 11145 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 11146 // warned about them. 11147 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 11148 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 11149 if (!checkConstInit()) 11150 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 11151 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11152 } 11153 } 11154 } 11155 11156 // Require the destructor. 11157 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 11158 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 11159 11160 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 11161 // module. 11162 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 11163 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 11164 } 11165 11166 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 11167 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 11168 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 11169 return true; 11170 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 11171 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 11172 return true; 11173 return false; 11174 } 11175 11176 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 11177 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 11178 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 11179 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 11180 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 11181 11182 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 11183 if (!VD) 11184 return; 11185 11186 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active 11187 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11188 !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 11189 if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid) 11190 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11191 PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName, 11192 PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation)); 11193 if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid) 11194 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11195 PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName, 11196 PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation)); 11197 if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid) 11198 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11199 PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName, 11200 PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation)); 11201 } 11202 11203 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 11204 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 11205 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 11206 } 11207 } 11208 11209 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 11210 11211 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 11212 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 11213 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 11214 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 11215 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 11216 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 11217 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) && 11218 !VD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11219 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 11220 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 11221 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 11222 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 11223 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 11224 } 11225 } 11226 } 11227 11228 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 11229 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 11230 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 11231 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 11232 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 11233 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 11234 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 11235 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 11236 } 11237 // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 11238 // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with 11239 // static storage class. 11240 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() && 11241 CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), 11242 diag::err_device_static_local_var) 11243 << CurrentCUDATarget()) 11244 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11245 } 11246 } 11247 11248 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 11249 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 11250 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 11251 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 11252 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 11253 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 11254 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 11255 if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage()) { 11256 if (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 11257 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) { 11258 assert(!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()); 11259 bool AllowedInit = false; 11260 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 11261 AllowedInit = 11262 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 11263 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 11264 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 11265 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 11266 if (!AllowedInit && 11267 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 11268 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 11269 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 11270 11271 // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty. 11272 if (AllowedInit) 11273 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 11274 AllowedInit = 11275 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor()); 11276 11277 if (!AllowedInit) { 11278 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 11279 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 11280 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 11281 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11282 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11283 } 11284 } else { 11285 // This is a host-side global variable. Check that the initializer is 11286 // callable from the host side. 11287 const FunctionDecl *InitFn = nullptr; 11288 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) { 11289 InitFn = CE->getConstructor(); 11290 } else if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Init)) { 11291 InitFn = CE->getDirectCallee(); 11292 } 11293 if (InitFn) { 11294 CUDAFunctionTarget InitFnTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(InitFn); 11295 if (InitFnTarget != CFT_Host && InitFnTarget != CFT_HostDevice) { 11296 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_bad_target_global_initializer) 11297 << InitFnTarget << InitFn; 11298 Diag(InitFn->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << InitFn; 11299 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11300 } 11301 } 11302 } 11303 } 11304 } 11305 11306 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 11307 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 11308 11309 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 11310 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 11311 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 11312 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11313 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 11314 // with a warning. 11315 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 11316 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 11317 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 11318 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 11319 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11320 11321 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 11322 IsClassTemplateMember 11323 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 11324 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 11325 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11326 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 11327 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11328 } 11329 } 11330 11331 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 11332 // isn't exported with the variable. 11333 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 11334 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 11335 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 11336 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 11337 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 11338 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 11339 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 11340 } else { 11341 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 11342 << DLLAttr; 11343 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11344 } 11345 } 11346 11347 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 11348 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11349 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 11350 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 11351 } 11352 } 11353 11354 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 11355 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 11356 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 11357 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 11358 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 11359 11360 // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations. 11361 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 11362 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 11363 11364 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 11365 // tag values. 11366 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 11367 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 11368 return; 11369 11370 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 11371 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 11372 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 11373 continue; 11374 } 11375 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 11376 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 11377 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11378 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 11379 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11380 continue; 11381 } 11382 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 11383 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11384 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 11385 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11386 continue; 11387 } 11388 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 11389 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 11390 MagicValue, 11391 I->getMatchingCType(), 11392 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 11393 I->getMustBeNull()); 11394 } 11395 } 11396 11397 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { 11398 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD); 11399 return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType(); 11400 } 11401 11402 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 11403 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11404 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 11405 11406 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 11407 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 11408 11409 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11410 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11411 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 11412 DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr; 11413 bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false; 11414 11415 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11416 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 11417 // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need 11418 // to perform. 11419 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { 11420 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 11421 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 11422 if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 11423 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 11424 if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() && 11425 !hasDeducedAuto(DD)) 11426 FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD; 11427 11428 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) { 11429 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 11430 // declaration in the same group. 11431 if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 11432 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 11433 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 11434 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 11435 << DD->getSourceRange(); 11436 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 11437 } 11438 11439 // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a 11440 // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other 11441 // declarator in the same group. 11442 if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) { 11443 Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(), 11444 diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone) 11445 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType() 11446 ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() 11447 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 11448 << DD->getSourceRange(); 11449 DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true; 11450 } 11451 } 11452 } 11453 11454 Decls.push_back(D); 11455 } 11456 } 11457 11458 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 11459 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 11460 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 11461 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 11462 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11463 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 11464 } 11465 } 11466 11467 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls); 11468 } 11469 11470 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 11471 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 11472 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 11473 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11474 // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347) 11475 // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each 11476 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 11477 if (Group.size() > 1) { 11478 QualType Deduced; 11479 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 11480 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11481 VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]); 11482 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) 11483 break; 11484 DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType(); 11485 if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull()) 11486 continue; 11487 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 11488 Deduced = DT->getDeducedType(); 11489 DeducedDecl = D; 11490 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) { 11491 auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT); 11492 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 11493 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 11494 << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) 11495 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 11496 << DT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName() 11497 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 11498 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 11499 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11500 break; 11501 } 11502 } 11503 } 11504 11505 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 11506 11507 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 11508 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 11509 } 11510 11511 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 11512 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 11513 } 11514 11515 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11516 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 11517 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 11518 return; 11519 11520 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 11521 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 11522 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 11523 Group[0]->getLocation())) 11524 return; 11525 11526 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 11527 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 11528 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 11529 // additional declaration references: 11530 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 11531 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 11532 // 'struct S *pS;' 11533 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 11534 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 11535 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 11536 Group = Group.slice(1); 11537 } 11538 } 11539 11540 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 11541 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 11542 if (!Comments.empty() && 11543 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 11544 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 11545 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 11546 // 11547 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 11548 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 11549 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 11550 // ahead through comments. 11551 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 11552 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 11553 } 11554 } 11555 11556 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 11557 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 11558 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 11559 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 11560 11561 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 11562 11563 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 11564 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 11565 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 11566 SC = SC_Register; 11567 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11568 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 11569 SC = SC_Auto; 11570 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 11571 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11572 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 11573 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 11574 } 11575 11576 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11577 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 11578 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11579 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 11580 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 11581 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 11582 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 11583 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 11584 << 0; 11585 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 11586 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 11587 11588 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 11589 11590 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11591 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 11592 11593 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11594 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 11595 // parameter. 11596 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11597 11598 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 11599 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 11600 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 11601 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 11602 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 11603 } 11604 } 11605 11606 // Ensure we have a valid name 11607 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 11608 if (D.hasName()) { 11609 II = D.getIdentifier(); 11610 if (!II) { 11611 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 11612 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 11613 D.setInvalidType(true); 11614 } 11615 } 11616 11617 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 11618 if (II) { 11619 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 11620 ForRedeclaration); 11621 LookupName(R, S); 11622 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 11623 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 11624 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11625 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11626 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11627 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11628 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11629 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11630 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 11631 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11632 11633 // Recover by removing the name 11634 II = nullptr; 11635 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 11636 D.setInvalidType(true); 11637 } 11638 } 11639 } 11640 11641 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 11642 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 11643 // looking like class members in C++. 11644 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11645 D.getLocStart(), 11646 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 11647 parmDeclType, TInfo, 11648 SC); 11649 11650 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11651 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11652 11653 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 11654 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 11655 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 11656 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 11657 11658 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 11659 S->AddDecl(New); 11660 if (II) 11661 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 11662 11663 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 11664 11665 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11666 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11667 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 11668 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11669 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11670 11671 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11672 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 11673 } 11674 return New; 11675 } 11676 11677 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 11678 /// typedef. 11679 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 11680 SourceLocation Loc, 11681 QualType T) { 11682 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 11683 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 11684 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 11685 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 11686 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 11687 SC_None, nullptr); 11688 Param->setImplicit(); 11689 return Param; 11690 } 11691 11692 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 11693 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 11694 // will already have done so in the template itself. 11695 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) 11696 return; 11697 11698 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11699 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 11700 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 11701 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 11702 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 11703 } 11704 } 11705 } 11706 11707 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 11708 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 11709 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 11710 return; 11711 11712 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11713 // threshold. 11714 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 11715 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 11716 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11717 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 11718 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 11719 } 11720 11721 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11722 // threshold. 11723 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11724 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 11725 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 11726 continue; 11727 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 11728 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11729 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 11730 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 11731 } 11732 } 11733 11734 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 11735 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 11736 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 11737 StorageClass SC) { 11738 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 11739 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 11740 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 11741 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 11742 11743 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 11744 11745 // Special cases for arrays: 11746 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 11747 // - otherwise, it's an error 11748 if (T->isArrayType()) { 11749 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 11750 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 11751 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 11752 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 11753 } 11754 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 11755 } else { 11756 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 11757 } 11758 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 11759 } 11760 11761 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 11762 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 11763 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 11764 11765 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 11766 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 11767 // the class has been completely parsed. 11768 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 11769 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11770 AbstractParamType)) 11771 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11772 11773 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 11774 // passed by reference. 11775 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 11776 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 11777 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd()); 11778 Diag(NameLoc, 11779 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 11780 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 11781 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 11782 New->setType(T); 11783 } 11784 11785 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 11786 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 11787 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 11788 // an address space. 11789 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 11790 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 11791 // to be qualified with an address space. 11792 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 11793 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 11794 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11795 } 11796 } 11797 11798 return New; 11799 } 11800 11801 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 11802 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 11803 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 11804 11805 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 11806 // for a K&R function. 11807 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 11808 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 11809 --i; 11810 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 11811 SmallString<256> Code; 11812 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 11813 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 11814 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 11815 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 11816 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 11817 11818 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 11819 // type. 11820 AttributeFactory attrs; 11821 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 11822 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 11823 unsigned DiagID; // unused 11824 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 11825 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11826 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 11827 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11828 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11829 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 11830 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11831 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 11832 } 11833 } 11834 } 11835 } 11836 11837 Decl * 11838 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 11839 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11840 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11841 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 11842 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 11843 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 11844 11845 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 11846 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 11847 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 11848 } 11849 11850 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 11851 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 11852 } 11853 11854 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 11855 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11856 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 11857 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11858 return false; 11859 11860 // Or declarations that aren't global. 11861 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 11862 return false; 11863 11864 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 11865 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 11866 return false; 11867 11868 // Don't warn about 'main'. 11869 if (FD->isMain()) 11870 return false; 11871 11872 // Don't warn about inline functions. 11873 if (FD->isInlined()) 11874 return false; 11875 11876 // Don't warn about function templates. 11877 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11878 return false; 11879 11880 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 11881 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 11882 return false; 11883 11884 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 11885 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 11886 return false; 11887 11888 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 11889 if (FD->isDeleted()) 11890 return false; 11891 11892 bool MissingPrototype = true; 11893 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 11894 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 11895 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 11896 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 11897 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11898 continue; 11899 11900 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 11901 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 11902 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 11903 break; 11904 } 11905 11906 return MissingPrototype; 11907 } 11908 11909 void 11910 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 11911 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 11912 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11913 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 11914 if (!Definition) 11915 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 11916 return; 11917 11918 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 11919 return; 11920 11921 // Don't emit an error when this is redifinition of a typo-corrected 11922 // definition. 11923 if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition)) 11924 return; 11925 11926 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 11927 // a template, skip the new definition. 11928 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 11929 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 11930 Definition->isInlined() || 11931 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 11932 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 11933 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 11934 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11935 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD); 11936 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition)); 11937 return; 11938 } 11939 11940 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 11941 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 11942 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 11943 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 11944 else 11945 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 11946 11947 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11948 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11949 } 11950 11951 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 11952 Sema &S) { 11953 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 11954 11955 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 11956 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 11957 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 11958 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 11959 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 11960 11961 if (LCD == LCD_None) 11962 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 11963 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 11964 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 11965 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 11966 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 11967 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 11968 11969 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 11970 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 11971 11972 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 11973 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 11974 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 11975 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 11976 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 11977 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 11978 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 11979 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 11980 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 11981 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 11982 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 11983 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 11984 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 11985 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 11986 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 11987 11988 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 11989 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 11990 /*Expr*/ nullptr, 11991 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 11992 } else { 11993 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 11994 } 11995 ++I; 11996 } 11997 } 11998 11999 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 12000 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12001 if (!D) 12002 return D; 12003 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 12004 12005 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 12006 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 12007 else 12008 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 12009 12010 // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition. 12011 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 12012 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; 12013 FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 12014 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12015 } 12016 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) { 12017 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1; 12018 FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>(); 12019 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12020 } 12021 12022 // See if this is a redefinition. 12023 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 12024 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 12025 12026 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 12027 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 12028 return D; 12029 } 12030 12031 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to 12032 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing 12033 // this function. 12034 FD->setWillHaveBody(); 12035 12036 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 12037 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 12038 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 12039 // LambdaScopeInfo. 12040 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 12041 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 12042 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 12043 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 12044 // have the LSI properly restored. 12045 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 12046 assert(inTemplateInstantiation() && 12047 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 12048 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 12049 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 12050 } else { 12051 // Enter a new function scope 12052 PushFunctionScope(); 12053 } 12054 12055 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 12056 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 12057 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 12058 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 12059 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 12060 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12061 } 12062 } 12063 12064 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 12065 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 12066 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 12067 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 12068 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 12069 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 12070 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 12071 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12072 12073 if (FnBodyScope) 12074 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 12075 12076 // Check the validity of our function parameters 12077 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 12078 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 12079 12080 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current 12081 // scope. 12082 if (FnBodyScope) { 12083 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { 12084 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); 12085 if (!NonParmDecl) 12086 continue; 12087 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && 12088 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet"); 12089 12090 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. 12091 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) 12092 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 12093 12094 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 12095 // accessible in this scope. 12096 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { 12097 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 12098 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 12099 } 12100 } 12101 } 12102 12103 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 12104 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 12105 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 12106 12107 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12108 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 12109 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 12110 12111 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 12112 } 12113 } 12114 12115 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 12116 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 12117 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 12118 12119 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 12120 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 12121 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 12122 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 12123 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 12124 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12125 return D; 12126 } 12127 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 12128 // a function template). 12129 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 12130 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12131 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 12132 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 12133 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 12134 12135 return D; 12136 } 12137 12138 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 12139 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 12140 /// optimization. 12141 /// 12142 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 12143 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 12144 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 12145 /// use the named return value optimization. 12146 /// 12147 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 12148 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 12149 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 12150 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 12151 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 12152 12153 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 12154 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 12155 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 12156 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 12157 } 12158 } 12159 } 12160 12161 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 12162 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 12163 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 12164 return false; 12165 12166 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 12167 // return type (yet). 12168 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) { 12169 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 12170 // we can still delay parsing it. 12171 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 12172 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 12173 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 12174 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 12175 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 12176 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 12177 } 12178 } 12179 return false; 12180 } 12181 12182 return true; 12183 } 12184 12185 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 12186 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 12187 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 12188 // rest of the file. 12189 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 12190 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 12191 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 12192 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 12193 return false; 12194 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 12195 } 12196 12197 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 12198 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 12199 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 12200 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 12201 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 12202 return Decl; 12203 } 12204 12205 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 12206 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 12207 } 12208 12209 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 12210 bool IsInstantiation) { 12211 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 12212 12213 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 12214 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 12215 12216 if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && getCurFunction()->isCoroutine()) 12217 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 12218 12219 if (FD) { 12220 FD->setBody(Body); 12221 12222 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 12223 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 12224 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 12225 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 12226 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 12227 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 12228 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 12229 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 12230 << FD->getReturnType(); 12231 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12232 } else { 12233 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 12234 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 12235 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 12236 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 12237 } 12238 } 12239 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 12240 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 12241 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 12242 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 12243 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 12244 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 12245 12246 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 12247 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 12248 // [the deduced type is] the type void 12249 QualType RetType = 12250 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 12251 12252 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 12253 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 12254 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12255 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 12256 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 12257 } 12258 } 12259 12260 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 12261 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 12262 // is the first declaration. 12263 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 12264 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 12265 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 12266 else if (FD->isInlined() && 12267 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 12268 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 12269 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 12270 } 12271 12272 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 12273 // don't complain about missing return statements. 12274 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 12275 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 12276 12277 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 12278 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 12279 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 12280 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 12281 12282 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12283 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 12284 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 12285 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 12286 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 12287 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 12288 12289 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 12290 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 12291 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 12292 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 12293 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 12294 12295 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 12296 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 12297 // to deduce an implicit return type. 12298 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 12299 !FD->isDependentContext()) 12300 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 12301 } 12302 12303 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 12304 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 12305 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 12306 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 12307 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 12308 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 12309 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 12310 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 12311 12312 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 12313 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 12314 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 12315 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 12316 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 12317 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 12318 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 12319 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 12320 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 12321 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 12322 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 12323 } 12324 } 12325 12326 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes 12327 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. 12328 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide 12329 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. 12330 // An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition 12331 // of that function specifies that the function has no parameters 12332 // (C99 6.7.5.3p14) 12333 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 && 12334 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { 12335 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 12336 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 12337 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 12338 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2; 12339 } 12340 } 12341 12342 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 12343 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 12344 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 12345 MD->isVirtual() && 12346 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 12347 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 12348 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 12349 if (FD->isInlined() && 12350 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 12351 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 12352 12353 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 12354 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 12355 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 12356 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 12357 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 12358 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 12359 } else { 12360 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 12361 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 12362 } 12363 } 12364 } 12365 12366 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 12367 "Function parsing confused"); 12368 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 12369 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 12370 MD->setBody(Body); 12371 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12372 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters()); 12373 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 12374 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 12375 12376 if (Body) 12377 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 12378 } 12379 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 12380 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 12381 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 12382 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 12383 } 12384 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 12385 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 12386 bool isDesignated = 12387 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 12388 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 12389 (void)isDesignated; 12390 12391 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 12392 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 12393 if (!IFace) 12394 return false; 12395 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 12396 if (!SuperD) 12397 return false; 12398 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 12399 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 12400 }; 12401 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 12402 // of NSObject. 12403 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 12404 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12405 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 12406 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 12407 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 12408 } 12409 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 12410 } 12411 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 12412 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 12413 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 12414 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12415 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 12416 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 12417 } 12418 } else { 12419 return nullptr; 12420 } 12421 12422 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 12423 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 12424 12425 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 12426 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 12427 "handled in the block above."); 12428 12429 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 12430 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 12431 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 12432 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 12433 // Verify this. 12434 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 12435 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 12436 12437 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 12438 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 12439 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 12440 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 12441 12442 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 12443 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 12444 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 12445 12446 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 12447 Destructor->getParent()); 12448 } 12449 12450 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12451 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12452 // deletion in some later function. 12453 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 12454 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 12455 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12456 } 12457 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 12458 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 12459 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 12460 // enabled. 12461 ActivePolicy = &WP; 12462 } 12463 12464 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 12465 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 12466 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 12467 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12468 12469 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 12470 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 12471 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 12472 // require prologue. 12473 bool RegisterVariables = false; 12474 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 12475 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 12476 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 12477 RegisterVariables = 12478 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 12479 if (!RegisterVariables) 12480 break; 12481 } 12482 } 12483 } 12484 if (RegisterVariables) 12485 continue; 12486 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 12487 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 12488 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 12489 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12490 break; 12491 } 12492 } 12493 } 12494 12495 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 12496 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 12497 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 12498 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 12499 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 12500 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 12501 } 12502 12503 if (!IsInstantiation) 12504 PopDeclContext(); 12505 12506 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 12507 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12508 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12509 // deletion in some later function. 12510 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 12511 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12512 } 12513 12514 return dcl; 12515 } 12516 12517 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 12518 /// relevant Decl. 12519 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 12520 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 12521 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 12522 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 12523 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 12524 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 12525 12526 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 12527 if (Method->isStatic()) 12528 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 12529 } 12530 12531 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 12532 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 12533 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 12534 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 12535 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 12536 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 12537 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 12538 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 12539 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 12540 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 12541 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12542 return ExternCPrev; 12543 } 12544 12545 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 12546 unsigned diag_id; 12547 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 12548 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 12549 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported. 12550 else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 12551 diag_id = diag::err_opencl_implicit_function_decl; 12552 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 12553 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 12554 else 12555 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 12556 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 12557 12558 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 12559 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 12560 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 12561 TypoCorrection Corrected; 12562 if (S && 12563 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 12564 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 12565 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 12566 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 12567 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 12568 } 12569 12570 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 12571 const char *Dummy; 12572 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 12573 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 12574 unsigned DiagID; 12575 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 12576 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 12577 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 12578 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 12579 SourceLocation NoLoc; 12580 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 12581 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 12582 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 12583 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12584 /*Params=*/nullptr, 12585 /*NumParams=*/0, 12586 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 12587 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12588 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 12589 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 12590 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12591 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12592 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12593 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12594 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 12595 EST_None, 12596 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 12597 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 12598 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 12599 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 12600 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 12601 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 12602 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, 12603 Loc, Loc, D), 12604 DS.getAttributes(), 12605 SourceLocation()); 12606 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 12607 12608 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 12609 12610 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 12611 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 12612 12613 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 12614 FD->setImplicit(); 12615 12616 CurContext = PrevDC; 12617 12618 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 12619 12620 return FD; 12621 } 12622 12623 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 12624 /// the declaration of this function. 12625 /// 12626 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 12627 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 12628 /// like NSLog or printf. 12629 /// 12630 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 12631 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 12632 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 12633 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 12634 return; 12635 12636 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 12637 // actual attributes. 12638 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 12639 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 12640 unsigned FormatIdx; 12641 bool HasVAListArg; 12642 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 12643 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 12644 const char *fmt = "printf"; 12645 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 12646 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 12647 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 12648 fmt = "NSString"; 12649 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12650 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 12651 FormatIdx+1, 12652 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12653 FD->getLocation())); 12654 } 12655 } 12656 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 12657 HasVAListArg)) { 12658 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12659 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12660 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 12661 FormatIdx+1, 12662 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12663 FD->getLocation())); 12664 } 12665 12666 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 12667 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 12668 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 12669 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 12670 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 12671 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12672 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12673 } 12674 12675 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 12676 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 12677 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12678 FD->getLocation())); 12679 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 12680 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12681 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 12682 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12683 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12684 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12685 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 12686 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 12687 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 12688 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 12689 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 12690 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 12691 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 12692 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12693 else 12694 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12695 } 12696 } 12697 12698 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 12699 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 12700 // across. 12701 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 12702 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 12703 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12704 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 12705 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12706 } 12707 12708 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 12709 if (!Name) 12710 return; 12711 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12712 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 12713 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 12714 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 12715 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 12716 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 12717 // about. 12718 } else 12719 return; 12720 12721 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 12722 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 12723 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 12724 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12725 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12726 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 12727 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 12728 FD->getLocation())); 12729 } 12730 12731 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 12732 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 12733 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 12734 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 12735 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 12736 FD->getLocation())); 12737 } 12738 } 12739 12740 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 12741 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 12742 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 12743 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 12744 12745 if (!TInfo) { 12746 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 12747 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 12748 } 12749 12750 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 12751 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12752 D.getLocStart(), 12753 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 12754 D.getIdentifier(), 12755 TInfo); 12756 12757 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 12758 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 12759 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 12760 return NewTD; 12761 } 12762 12763 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 12764 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12765 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 12766 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 12767 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 12768 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 12769 else 12770 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 12771 } 12772 12773 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 12774 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 12775 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 12776 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 12777 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 12778 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 12779 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 12780 case TST_enum: 12781 case TST_struct: 12782 case TST_interface: 12783 case TST_union: 12784 case TST_class: { 12785 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 12786 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 12787 break; 12788 } 12789 12790 default: 12791 break; 12792 } 12793 12794 return NewTD; 12795 } 12796 12797 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 12798 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 12799 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 12800 QualType T = TI->getType(); 12801 12802 if (T->isDependentType()) 12803 return false; 12804 12805 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 12806 if (BT->isInteger()) 12807 return false; 12808 12809 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 12810 return true; 12811 } 12812 12813 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 12814 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 12815 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 12816 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 12817 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 12818 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 12819 12820 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 12821 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 12822 << Prev->isScoped(); 12823 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12824 return true; 12825 } 12826 12827 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 12828 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 12829 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 12830 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 12831 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 12832 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 12833 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 12834 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 12835 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 12836 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 12837 return true; 12838 } 12839 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 12840 ; 12841 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 12842 ; 12843 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 12844 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 12845 << Prev->isFixed(); 12846 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12847 return true; 12848 } 12849 12850 return false; 12851 } 12852 12853 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 12854 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 12855 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 12856 /// 12857 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 12858 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 12859 switch (Tag) { 12860 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 12861 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 12862 case TTK_Class: return 2; 12863 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 12864 } 12865 } 12866 12867 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 12868 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 12869 /// 12870 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 12871 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 12872 { 12873 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 12874 } 12875 12876 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, 12877 TagTypeKind TTK) { 12878 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12879 return NTK_Typedef; 12880 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12881 return NTK_TypeAlias; 12882 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12883 return NTK_Template; 12884 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12885 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 12886 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12887 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 12888 switch (TTK) { 12889 case TTK_Struct: 12890 case TTK_Interface: 12891 case TTK_Class: 12892 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; 12893 case TTK_Union: 12894 return NTK_NonUnion; 12895 case TTK_Enum: 12896 return NTK_NonEnum; 12897 } 12898 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK"); 12899 } 12900 12901 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 12902 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 12903 /// 12904 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 12905 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 12906 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 12907 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 12908 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 12909 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 12910 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 12911 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 12912 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 12913 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 12914 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 12915 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 12916 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 12917 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 12918 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 12919 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 12920 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 12921 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 12922 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 12923 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 12924 if (OldTag == NewTag) 12925 return true; 12926 12927 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 12928 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 12929 bool isTemplate = false; 12930 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 12931 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 12932 12933 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) { 12934 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 12935 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 12936 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12937 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12938 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12939 return true; 12940 } 12941 12942 if (isDefinition) { 12943 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 12944 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 12945 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12946 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 12947 return true; 12948 } 12949 12950 bool previousMismatch = false; 12951 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 12952 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 12953 if (!previousMismatch) { 12954 previousMismatch = true; 12955 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 12956 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12957 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 12958 } 12959 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12960 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 12961 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 12962 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 12963 } 12964 } 12965 return true; 12966 } 12967 12968 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 12969 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 12970 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 12971 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 12972 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 12973 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 12974 return true; 12975 } 12976 12977 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12978 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12979 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12980 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12981 12982 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 12983 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12984 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12985 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 12986 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 12987 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 12988 } 12989 12990 return true; 12991 } 12992 return false; 12993 } 12994 12995 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 12996 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 12997 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 12998 /// namespace N { 12999 /// struct X; 13000 /// namespace M { 13001 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 13002 /// } 13003 /// } 13004 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 13005 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 13006 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 13007 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 13008 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 13009 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 13010 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13011 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 13012 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 13013 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 13014 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 13015 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 13016 return FixItHint(); 13017 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 13018 Namespaces.push_back(II); 13019 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 13020 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 13021 if (Lookup == Namespace) 13022 break; 13023 } 13024 13025 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 13026 // build an NNS. 13027 SmallString<64> Insertion; 13028 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 13029 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 13030 OS << "::"; 13031 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 13032 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 13033 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 13034 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 13035 } 13036 13037 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 13038 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 13039 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 13040 /// using-declaration). 13041 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 13042 DeclContext *NewDC) { 13043 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 13044 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 13045 13046 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 13047 return true; 13048 13049 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 13050 // encloses the other). 13051 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 13052 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 13053 return true; 13054 13055 return false; 13056 } 13057 13058 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 13059 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 13060 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 13061 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 13062 /// 13063 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 13064 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 13065 /// 13066 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 13067 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 13068 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 13069 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 13070 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 13071 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 13072 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 13073 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 13074 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 13075 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 13076 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 13077 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 13078 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 13079 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 13080 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 13081 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 13082 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 13083 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 13084 13085 OwnedDecl = false; 13086 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 13087 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 13088 13089 // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully. 13090 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 13091 bool Invalid = false; 13092 13093 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 13094 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 13095 // for non-C++ cases. 13096 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 13097 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 13098 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 13099 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 13100 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 13101 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) { 13102 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13103 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 13104 return nullptr; 13105 } 13106 13107 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 13108 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 13109 // be a member of another template). 13110 13111 if (Invalid) 13112 return nullptr; 13113 13114 OwnedDecl = false; 13115 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 13116 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 13117 TemplateParams, AS, 13118 ModulePrivateLoc, 13119 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 13120 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 13121 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 13122 SkipBody); 13123 return Result.get(); 13124 } else { 13125 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 13126 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 13127 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 13128 isMemberSpecialization = true; 13129 } 13130 } 13131 } 13132 13133 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 13134 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 13135 // redeclaration. 13136 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 13137 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 13138 13139 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13140 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 13141 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 13142 // type, default to int. 13143 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13144 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 13145 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 13146 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 13147 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 13148 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 13149 EnumUnderlying = TI; 13150 13151 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 13152 // Recover by falling back to int. 13153 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13154 13155 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 13156 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 13157 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13158 13159 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 13160 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13161 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 13162 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13163 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 13164 } 13165 } 13166 } 13167 13168 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 13169 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 13170 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 13171 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 13172 13173 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 13174 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 13175 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 13176 13177 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 13178 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 13179 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 13180 13181 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 13182 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 13183 Name = nullptr; 13184 goto CreateNewDecl; 13185 } 13186 13187 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 13188 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 13189 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13190 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 13191 if (!DC) { 13192 IsDependent = true; 13193 return nullptr; 13194 } 13195 } else { 13196 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 13197 if (!DC) { 13198 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 13199 << SS.getRange(); 13200 return nullptr; 13201 } 13202 } 13203 13204 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 13205 return nullptr; 13206 13207 SearchDC = DC; 13208 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 13209 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 13210 13211 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 13212 return nullptr; 13213 13214 if (Previous.empty()) { 13215 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 13216 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 13217 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 13218 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 13219 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 13220 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 13221 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 13222 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 13223 IsDependent = true; 13224 return nullptr; 13225 } 13226 13227 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 13228 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 13229 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 13230 Name = nullptr; 13231 Invalid = true; 13232 goto CreateNewDecl; 13233 } 13234 } else if (Name) { 13235 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 13236 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 13237 // name different from T: 13238 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 13239 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13240 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 13241 return nullptr; 13242 13243 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 13244 // declaration or definition. 13245 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 13246 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 13247 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 13248 LookupName(Previous, S); 13249 13250 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 13251 // by types using'ed into this scope. 13252 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 13253 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 13254 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 13255 while (F.hasNext()) { 13256 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 13257 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 13258 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 13259 F.erase(); 13260 } 13261 F.done(); 13262 } 13263 13264 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 13265 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 13266 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 13267 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 13268 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 13269 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 13270 // 13271 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 13272 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 13273 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 13274 // 13275 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 13276 // semantic context? 13277 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13278 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13279 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 13280 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 13281 while (F.hasNext()) { 13282 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 13283 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13284 if (DC->isFileContext() && 13285 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 13286 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13287 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 13288 else 13289 F.erase(); 13290 } 13291 } 13292 F.done(); 13293 13294 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 13295 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 13296 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 13297 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13298 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 13299 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 13300 } 13301 } 13302 13303 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 13304 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 13305 return nullptr; 13306 13307 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 13308 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 13309 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 13310 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 13311 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 13312 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 13313 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 13314 } 13315 } 13316 13317 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 13318 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 13319 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13320 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13321 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13322 Previous.clear(); 13323 } 13324 13325 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 13326 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 13327 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 13328 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 13329 isStdBadAlloc = true; 13330 13331 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 13332 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 13333 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 13334 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 13335 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 13336 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 13337 isStdAlignValT = true; 13338 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 13339 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 13340 } 13341 } 13342 13343 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 13344 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 13345 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 13346 // there's a shadow friend decl. 13347 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 13348 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 13349 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 13350 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 13351 13352 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13353 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 13354 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 13355 // 13356 // class-key identifier 13357 // 13358 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 13359 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 13360 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 13361 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 13362 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 13363 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 13364 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 13365 // declaration. 13366 // 13367 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 13368 // C structs and unions. 13369 // 13370 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 13371 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 13372 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 13373 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 13374 // 13375 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 13376 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 13377 // 13378 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 13379 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 13380 // lexical context, 13381 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 13382 13383 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 13384 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13385 } else { 13386 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 13387 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 13388 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 13389 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 13390 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 13391 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13392 } 13393 13394 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 13395 // diagnose some problems. 13396 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 13397 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 13398 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 13399 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 13400 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13401 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 13402 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 13403 } else { 13404 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 13405 LookupName(Previous, S); 13406 } 13407 } 13408 13409 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 13410 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 13411 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 13412 13413 if (!Previous.empty()) { 13414 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13415 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13416 13417 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 13418 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 13419 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 13420 // in C++. 13421 // 13422 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 13423 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 13424 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 13425 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 13426 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13427 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13428 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 13429 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 13430 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 13431 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 13432 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 13433 PrevDecl = Tag; 13434 Previous.clear(); 13435 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 13436 Previous.resolveKind(); 13437 } 13438 } 13439 } 13440 } 13441 13442 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 13443 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 13444 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 13445 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 13446 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 13447 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13448 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) && 13449 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 13450 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 13451 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 13452 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 13453 diag::note_using_decl_target); 13454 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 13455 << 0; 13456 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 13457 Previous.clear(); 13458 goto CreateNewDecl; 13459 } 13460 } 13461 13462 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13463 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 13464 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 13465 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 13466 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 13467 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13468 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 13469 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 13470 // struct or something similar. 13471 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 13472 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 13473 Name)) { 13474 bool SafeToContinue 13475 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 13476 Kind != TTK_Enum); 13477 if (SafeToContinue) 13478 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 13479 << Name 13480 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 13481 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 13482 else 13483 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 13484 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 13485 13486 if (SafeToContinue) 13487 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 13488 else { 13489 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 13490 Name = nullptr; 13491 Previous.clear(); 13492 Invalid = true; 13493 } 13494 } 13495 13496 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 13497 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 13498 13499 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 13500 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 13501 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13502 if (ScopedEnum) 13503 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 13504 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 13505 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 13506 return PrevTagDecl; 13507 } 13508 13509 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 13510 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13511 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 13512 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 13513 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 13514 13515 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 13516 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 13517 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 13518 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 13519 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 13520 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 13521 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 13522 } 13523 13524 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 13525 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 13526 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 13527 // and then later defined. 13528 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 13529 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 13530 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 13531 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13532 } 13533 13534 if (!Invalid) { 13535 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 13536 // we have attributes. 13537 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13538 if (Attr) { 13539 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 13540 // declaration to hold them. 13541 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 13542 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 13543 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 13544 PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) && 13545 SS.isEmpty()) { 13546 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 13547 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 13548 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 13549 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 13550 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 13551 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 13552 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 13553 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 13554 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13555 return PrevTagDecl; 13556 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 13557 // that scope. 13558 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13559 } else { 13560 return PrevTagDecl; 13561 } 13562 } 13563 13564 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 13565 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13566 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 13567 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 13568 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 13569 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 13570 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 13571 if (isMemberSpecialization) { 13572 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 13573 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13574 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13575 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13576 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 13577 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13578 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13579 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13580 } 13581 13582 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 13583 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13584 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 13585 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 13586 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 13587 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 13588 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 13589 // use it in place of this one. 13590 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 13591 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 13592 return Def; 13593 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 13594 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 13595 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 13596 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 13597 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 13598 else 13599 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 13600 notePreviousDefinition(Def, 13601 NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc); 13602 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 13603 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 13604 // references get the previous definition. 13605 Name = nullptr; 13606 Previous.clear(); 13607 Invalid = true; 13608 } 13609 } else { 13610 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 13611 // about a nested redefinition. 13612 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 13613 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 13614 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 13615 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 13616 diag::note_previous_definition); 13617 Name = nullptr; 13618 Previous.clear(); 13619 Invalid = true; 13620 } 13621 } 13622 13623 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 13624 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 13625 } 13626 13627 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 13628 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 13629 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 13630 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13631 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 13632 AS = AS_none; 13633 } 13634 } 13635 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 13636 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 13637 13638 } else { 13639 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 13640 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 13641 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 13642 // have distinct types. 13643 Previous.clear(); 13644 } 13645 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 13646 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 13647 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 13648 13649 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 13650 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 13651 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 13652 } else { 13653 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 13654 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 13655 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 13656 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 13657 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 13658 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13659 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK 13660 << Kind; 13661 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 13662 Invalid = true; 13663 13664 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 13665 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13666 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 13667 // do nothing 13668 13669 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 13670 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13671 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13672 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 13673 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13674 Invalid = true; 13675 13676 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 13677 // case here. 13678 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13679 unsigned Kind = 0; 13680 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 13681 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 13682 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 13683 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13684 Invalid = true; 13685 13686 // Otherwise, diagnose. 13687 } else { 13688 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 13689 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 13690 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 13691 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc); 13692 Name = nullptr; 13693 Invalid = true; 13694 } 13695 13696 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 13697 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 13698 Previous.clear(); 13699 } 13700 } 13701 13702 CreateNewDecl: 13703 13704 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13705 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 13706 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13707 13708 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 13709 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 13710 // keyword. 13711 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 13712 13713 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 13714 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 13715 // PrevDecl. 13716 TagDecl *New; 13717 13718 bool IsForwardReference = false; 13719 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13720 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13721 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 13722 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13723 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 13724 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 13725 13726 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 13727 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13728 13729 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 13730 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 13731 TagDecl *Def; 13732 if (!EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit && 13733 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 13734 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 13735 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 13736 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 13737 } 13738 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 13739 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 13740 << New; 13741 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13742 } else { 13743 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 13744 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13745 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 13746 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13747 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 13748 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 13749 13750 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 13751 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 13752 // the declaration context. 13753 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 13754 IsForwardReference = true; 13755 } 13756 } 13757 13758 if (EnumUnderlying) { 13759 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13760 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13761 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 13762 else 13763 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 13764 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 13765 } 13766 } else { 13767 // struct/union/class 13768 13769 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13770 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 13771 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13772 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 13773 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13774 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13775 13776 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 13777 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 13778 } else 13779 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13780 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13781 } 13782 13783 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 13784 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 13785 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13786 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 13787 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13788 Invalid = true; 13789 } 13790 13791 // Maybe add qualifier info. 13792 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 13793 if (SS.isSet()) { 13794 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 13795 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 13796 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 13797 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 13798 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 13799 if (!isMemberSpecialization && 13800 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 13801 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 13802 Invalid = true; 13803 13804 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 13805 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 13806 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 13807 } 13808 } 13809 else 13810 Invalid = true; 13811 } 13812 13813 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 13814 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 13815 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 13816 // 13817 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 13818 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 13819 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 13820 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 13821 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 13822 // parsing of the struct). 13823 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13824 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 13825 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 13826 } 13827 } 13828 13829 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 13830 if (isMemberSpecialization) 13831 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 13832 << 2 13833 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 13834 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 13835 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 13836 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 13837 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13838 New->setModulePrivate(); 13839 } 13840 13841 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 13842 // check the specialization. 13843 if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 13844 Invalid = true; 13845 13846 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 13847 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 13848 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 13849 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 13850 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 13851 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13852 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 13853 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 13854 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 13855 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 13856 << Name; 13857 Invalid = true; 13858 } 13859 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 13860 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13861 } 13862 } 13863 13864 if (Invalid) 13865 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13866 13867 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 13868 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 13869 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 13870 13871 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 13872 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 13873 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 13874 // the tag name visible. 13875 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 13876 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 13877 13878 // Set the access specifier. 13879 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 13880 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 13881 13882 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 13883 New->startDefinition(); 13884 13885 if (Attr) 13886 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13887 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 13888 13889 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 13890 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13891 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 13892 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 13893 if (PrevDecl) 13894 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 13895 13896 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13897 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13898 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 13899 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 13900 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 13901 } else if (Name) { 13902 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13903 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 13904 if (IsForwardReference) 13905 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13906 } else { 13907 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13908 } 13909 13910 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 13911 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 13912 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 13913 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 13914 II->isStr("FILE")) 13915 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 13916 13917 if (PrevDecl) 13918 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 13919 13920 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13921 // record. 13922 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 13923 13924 if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl()) 13925 CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous); 13926 13927 OwnedDecl = true; 13928 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 13929 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 13930 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13931 if (New->isBeingDefined()) 13932 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) 13933 RD->completeDefinition(); 13934 return nullptr; 13935 } else { 13936 return New; 13937 } 13938 } 13939 13940 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13941 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13942 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13943 13944 // Enter the tag context. 13945 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 13946 13947 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 13948 13949 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13950 // record. 13951 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 13952 } 13953 13954 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 13955 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 13956 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 13957 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 13958 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 13959 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 13960 CurContext = OCD; 13961 return IDecl; 13962 } 13963 13964 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13965 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 13966 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 13967 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 13968 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13969 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 13970 13971 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 13972 13973 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 13974 return; 13975 13976 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 13977 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 13978 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 13979 13980 // C++ [class]p2: 13981 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 13982 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 13983 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 13984 // as if it were a public member name. 13985 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 13986 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 13987 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 13988 Record->getIdentifier(), 13989 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 13990 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 13991 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 13992 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 13993 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 13994 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 13995 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 13996 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 13997 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 13998 "Broken injected-class-name"); 13999 } 14000 14001 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 14002 SourceRange BraceRange) { 14003 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14004 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 14005 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 14006 14007 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 14008 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 14009 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 14010 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 14011 RD->completeDefinition(); 14012 } 14013 14014 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 14015 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 14016 } 14017 14018 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 14019 PopDeclContext(); 14020 14021 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 14022 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 14023 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 14024 14025 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 14026 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 14027 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 14028 } 14029 14030 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 14031 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 14032 PopDeclContext(); 14033 } 14034 14035 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 14036 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 14037 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 14038 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 14039 } 14040 14041 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 14042 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 14043 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 14044 } 14045 14046 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 14047 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14048 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 14049 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 14050 14051 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 14052 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 14053 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 14054 RD->completeDefinition(); 14055 } 14056 14057 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 14058 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 14059 // the FieldCollector. 14060 14061 PopDeclContext(); 14062 } 14063 14064 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 14065 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 14066 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 14067 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 14068 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 14069 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 14070 if (ZeroWidth) 14071 *ZeroWidth = true; 14072 14073 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 14074 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 14075 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 14076 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 14077 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 14078 return ExprError(); 14079 if (FieldName) 14080 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 14081 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 14082 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 14083 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 14084 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 14085 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 14086 return ExprError(); 14087 14088 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 14089 // it now. 14090 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 14091 return BitWidth; 14092 14093 llvm::APSInt Value; 14094 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 14095 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 14096 return ICE; 14097 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 14098 14099 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 14100 *ZeroWidth = false; 14101 14102 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 14103 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 14104 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 14105 14106 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 14107 if (FieldName) 14108 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 14109 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 14110 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 14111 << Value.toString(10); 14112 } 14113 14114 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 14115 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 14116 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 14117 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 14118 14119 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 14120 // ABI. 14121 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 14122 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 14123 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 14124 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 14125 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 14126 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 14127 unsigned DiagWidth = 14128 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 14129 if (FieldName) 14130 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14131 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 14132 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 14133 14134 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14135 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 14136 << DiagWidth; 14137 } 14138 14139 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 14140 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 14141 // 'bool'. 14142 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 14143 if (FieldName) 14144 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14145 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 14146 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 14147 else 14148 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14149 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 14150 } 14151 } 14152 14153 return BitWidth; 14154 } 14155 14156 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 14157 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 14158 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 14159 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 14160 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 14161 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 14162 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 14163 return Res; 14164 } 14165 14166 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 14167 /// 14168 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 14169 SourceLocation DeclStart, 14170 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 14171 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 14172 AccessSpecifier AS) { 14173 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 14174 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 14175 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 14176 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 14177 return nullptr; 14178 } 14179 14180 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 14181 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 14182 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 14183 14184 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 14185 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 14186 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14187 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 14188 14189 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 14190 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 14191 D.setInvalidType(); 14192 T = Context.IntTy; 14193 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 14194 } 14195 } 14196 14197 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 14198 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 14199 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 14200 D.setInvalidType(); 14201 } 14202 14203 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 14204 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 14205 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 14206 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 14207 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 14208 D.setInvalidType(); 14209 } 14210 14211 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 14212 14213 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 14214 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 14215 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 14216 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 14217 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 14218 diag::err_invalid_thread) 14219 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 14220 14221 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 14222 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 14223 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 14224 LookupName(Previous, S); 14225 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 14226 case LookupResult::Found: 14227 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 14228 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 14229 break; 14230 14231 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 14232 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 14233 break; 14234 14235 case LookupResult::NotFound: 14236 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 14237 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 14238 break; 14239 } 14240 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 14241 14242 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14243 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14244 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 14245 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14246 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14247 } 14248 14249 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 14250 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14251 14252 bool Mutable 14253 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 14254 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 14255 FieldDecl *NewFD 14256 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 14257 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 14258 14259 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 14260 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14261 14262 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14263 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 14264 14265 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 14266 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 14267 // with the same name in the same scope. 14268 } else if (II) { 14269 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 14270 } else 14271 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 14272 14273 return NewFD; 14274 } 14275 14276 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 14277 /// 14278 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 14279 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 14280 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 14281 /// created. 14282 /// 14283 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 14284 /// 14285 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 14286 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 14287 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 14288 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 14289 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 14290 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 14291 SourceLocation TSSL, 14292 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 14293 Declarator *D) { 14294 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 14295 bool InvalidDecl = false; 14296 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 14297 14298 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 14299 // marking this declaration as invalid. 14300 if (T.isNull()) { 14301 InvalidDecl = true; 14302 T = Context.IntTy; 14303 } 14304 14305 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 14306 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14307 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14308 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 14309 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14310 InvalidDecl = true; 14311 } else { 14312 NamedDecl *Def; 14313 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 14314 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 14315 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14316 InvalidDecl = true; 14317 } 14318 } 14319 } 14320 14321 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 14322 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 14323 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 14324 InvalidDecl = true; 14325 } 14326 14327 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14328 // than a variably modified type. 14329 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14330 bool SizeIsNegative; 14331 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 14332 14333 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 14334 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 14335 SizeIsNegative, 14336 Oversized); 14337 if (FixedTInfo) { 14338 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 14339 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 14340 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 14341 } else { 14342 if (SizeIsNegative) 14343 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 14344 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 14345 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 14346 << Oversized.toString(10); 14347 else 14348 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 14349 InvalidDecl = true; 14350 } 14351 } 14352 14353 // Fields can not have abstract class types 14354 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 14355 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14356 AbstractFieldType)) 14357 InvalidDecl = true; 14358 14359 bool ZeroWidth = false; 14360 if (InvalidDecl) 14361 BitWidth = nullptr; 14362 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 14363 if (BitWidth) { 14364 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 14365 &ZeroWidth).get(); 14366 if (!BitWidth) { 14367 InvalidDecl = true; 14368 BitWidth = nullptr; 14369 ZeroWidth = false; 14370 } 14371 } 14372 14373 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 14374 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 14375 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14376 if (T->isReferenceType()) 14377 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 14378 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 14379 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 14380 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 14381 14382 if (DiagID) { 14383 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 14384 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 14385 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 14386 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 14387 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 14388 Mutable = false; 14389 InvalidDecl = true; 14390 } 14391 } 14392 } 14393 14394 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 14395 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 14396 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 14397 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 14398 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 14399 14400 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 14401 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 14402 if (InvalidDecl) 14403 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14404 14405 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14406 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14407 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14408 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14409 } 14410 14411 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14412 if (Record->isUnion()) { 14413 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14414 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14415 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14416 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 14417 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 14418 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 14419 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 14420 // objects. 14421 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 14422 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14423 } 14424 } 14425 14426 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 14427 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 14428 // enabled. 14429 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 14430 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 14431 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 14432 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 14433 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 14434 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 14435 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14436 } 14437 } 14438 } 14439 14440 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 14441 // representation, not a parser representation. 14442 if (D) { 14443 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 14444 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 14445 14446 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 14447 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 14448 } 14449 14450 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 14451 // retainable type. 14452 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 14453 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14454 14455 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 14456 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 14457 14458 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 14459 return NewFD; 14460 } 14461 14462 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 14463 assert(FD); 14464 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 14465 14466 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 14467 return false; 14468 14469 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14470 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14471 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14472 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14473 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 14474 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 14475 // copy constructors. 14476 14477 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 14478 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 14479 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 14480 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 14481 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 14482 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 14483 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 14484 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 14485 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 14486 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 14487 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 14488 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 14489 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 14490 member = CXXDestructor; 14491 14492 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 14493 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 14494 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 14495 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 14496 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 14497 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 14498 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 14499 // members unavailable. 14500 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 14501 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 14502 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 14503 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14504 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 14505 return false; 14506 } 14507 } 14508 14509 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 14510 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 14511 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 14512 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 14513 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 14514 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 14515 } 14516 } 14517 } 14518 14519 return false; 14520 } 14521 14522 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 14523 /// AST enum value. 14524 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 14525 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 14526 switch (ivarVisibility) { 14527 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 14528 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 14529 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 14530 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 14531 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 14532 } 14533 } 14534 14535 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 14536 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 14537 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 14538 SourceLocation DeclStart, 14539 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 14540 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 14541 14542 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 14543 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 14544 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 14545 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 14546 14547 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 14548 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 14549 14550 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 14551 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 14552 14553 if (BitWidth) { 14554 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 14555 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 14556 if (!BitWidth) 14557 D.setInvalidType(); 14558 } else { 14559 // Not a bitfield. 14560 14561 // validate II. 14562 14563 } 14564 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 14565 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 14566 D.setInvalidType(); 14567 } 14568 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14569 // than a variably modified type. 14570 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14571 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 14572 D.setInvalidType(); 14573 } 14574 14575 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 14576 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 14577 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 14578 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 14579 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 14580 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 14581 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 14582 return nullptr; 14583 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 14584 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14585 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14586 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 14587 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 14588 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 14589 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 14590 } 14591 else 14592 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14593 } else { 14594 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14595 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14596 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 14597 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 14598 return nullptr; 14599 } 14600 } 14601 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14602 } 14603 14604 // Construct the decl. 14605 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 14606 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 14607 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 14608 14609 if (II) { 14610 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 14611 ForRedeclaration); 14612 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 14613 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14614 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14615 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14616 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14617 } 14618 } 14619 14620 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 14621 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 14622 14623 if (D.isInvalidType()) 14624 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14625 14626 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 14627 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 14628 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14629 14630 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14631 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 14632 14633 if (II) { 14634 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 14635 // these to the interface. 14636 S->AddDecl(NewID); 14637 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 14638 } 14639 14640 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 14641 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 14642 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 14643 14644 return NewID; 14645 } 14646 14647 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 14648 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 14649 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 14650 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 14651 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 14652 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 14653 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 14654 return; 14655 14656 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 14657 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 14658 14659 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 14660 return; 14661 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 14662 if (!ID) { 14663 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 14664 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 14665 return; 14666 } 14667 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 14668 else 14669 return; 14670 } 14671 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 14672 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 14673 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 14674 14675 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 14676 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 14677 Context.CharTy, 14678 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 14679 DeclLoc), 14680 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 14681 true); 14682 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 14683 } 14684 14685 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 14686 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 14687 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 14688 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 14689 14690 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 14691 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 14692 // it will now change. 14693 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14694 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14695 switch (DC->getKind()) { 14696 default: break; 14697 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 14698 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14699 break; 14700 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 14701 Context. 14702 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14703 break; 14704 } 14705 } 14706 14707 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14708 14709 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 14710 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 14711 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 14712 if (Record) { 14713 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 14714 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 14715 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 14716 ++NumNamedMembers; 14717 } 14718 } 14719 14720 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 14721 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 14722 14723 bool ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = false; 14724 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 14725 i != end; ++i) { 14726 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 14727 14728 // Get the type for the field. 14729 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 14730 14731 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 14732 // Remember all fields written by the user. 14733 RecFields.push_back(FD); 14734 } 14735 14736 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 14737 // diagnostics about it. 14738 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 14739 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14740 continue; 14741 } 14742 14743 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 14744 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 14745 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 14746 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 14747 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 14748 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 14749 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 14750 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 14751 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 14752 // array. 14753 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 14754 // Field declared as a function. 14755 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 14756 << FD->getDeclName(); 14757 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14758 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14759 continue; 14760 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 14761 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 14762 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 14763 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 14764 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 14765 // Flexible array member. 14766 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 14767 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 14768 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 14769 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14770 if (Record->isUnion()) 14771 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14772 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 14773 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14774 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 14775 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 14776 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 14777 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14778 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 14779 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14780 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 14781 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 14782 14783 if (DiagID) 14784 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 14785 << Record->getTagKind(); 14786 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 14787 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 14788 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 14789 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 14790 // of the type. 14791 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 14792 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 14793 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 14794 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14795 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 14796 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 14797 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14798 14799 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 14800 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 14801 // 14802 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 14803 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 14804 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14805 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 14806 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 14807 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14808 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14809 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14810 continue; 14811 } 14812 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 14813 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14814 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 14815 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14816 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14817 // Incomplete type 14818 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14819 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14820 continue; 14821 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14822 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 14823 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 14824 // flexible array member. 14825 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14826 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 14827 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 14828 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 14829 // structures. 14830 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 14831 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 14832 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14833 else { 14834 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 14835 // other structs as an extension. 14836 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 14837 << FD->getDeclName(); 14838 } 14839 } 14840 } 14841 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 14842 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14843 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14844 AbstractIvarType)) { 14845 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 14846 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14847 } 14848 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14849 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14850 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 14851 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14852 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 14853 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 14854 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 14855 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 14856 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 14857 FD->setType(T); 14858 } else if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && 14859 Record && !ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported && 14860 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 14861 // It's an error in ARC or Weak if a field has lifetime. 14862 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 14863 // so we just make the field unavailable. 14864 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 14865 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 14866 QualType T = FD->getType(); 14867 if (T.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime()) { 14868 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 14869 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 14870 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 14871 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14872 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 14873 } 14874 } else { 14875 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 14876 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 14877 } 14878 ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = true; 14879 } 14880 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 14881 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 14882 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 14883 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14884 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 14885 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14886 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 14887 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14888 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 14889 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14890 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14891 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14892 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 14893 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14894 } 14895 } 14896 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 14897 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14898 // Keep track of the number of named members. 14899 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 14900 ++NumNamedMembers; 14901 } 14902 14903 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 14904 if (Record) { 14905 bool Completed = false; 14906 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14907 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14908 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 14909 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 14910 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 14911 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 14912 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 14913 } 14914 14915 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 14916 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 14917 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 14918 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 14919 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 14920 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 14921 } 14922 14923 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14924 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 14925 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 14926 14927 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 14928 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 14929 // problem now. 14930 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 14931 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 14932 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 14933 14934 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 14935 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 14936 M != MEnd; ++M) { 14937 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 14938 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 14939 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 14940 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 14941 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 14942 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 14943 continue; 14944 14945 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 14946 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 14947 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 14948 // program is ill-formed. 14949 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 14950 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 14951 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 14952 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 14953 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 14954 OM = SO->second.begin(), 14955 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 14956 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 14957 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 14958 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 14959 14960 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14961 } 14962 } 14963 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 14964 Completed = true; 14965 } 14966 } 14967 } 14968 } 14969 14970 if (!Completed) 14971 Record->completeDefinition(); 14972 14973 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 14974 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14975 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 14976 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 14977 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) 14978 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 14979 } 14980 14981 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 14982 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 14983 14984 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 14985 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 14986 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 14987 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 14988 } 14989 14990 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 14991 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 14992 // compatibility problems. 14993 bool CheckForZeroSize; 14994 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14995 CheckForZeroSize = true; 14996 } else { 14997 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 14998 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 14999 CheckForZeroSize = 15000 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 15001 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 15002 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 15003 } 15004 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 15005 bool ZeroSize = true; 15006 bool IsEmpty = true; 15007 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 15008 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 15009 E = Record->field_end(); 15010 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 15011 IsEmpty = false; 15012 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 15013 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 15014 ZeroSize = false; 15015 } else { 15016 ++NonBitFields; 15017 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 15018 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 15019 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 15020 ZeroSize = false; 15021 } 15022 } 15023 15024 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 15025 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 15026 // extern "C" block. 15027 if (ZeroSize) { 15028 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 15029 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 15030 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 15031 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 15032 } 15033 15034 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 15035 // but are accepted by GCC. 15036 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15037 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 15038 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 15039 << Record->isUnion(); 15040 } 15041 } 15042 } else { 15043 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 15044 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 15045 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15046 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 15047 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 15048 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15049 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 15050 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 15051 } 15052 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 15053 // duplicates. 15054 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 15055 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 15056 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 15057 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15058 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 15059 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 15060 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 15061 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 15062 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 15063 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 15064 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 15065 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 15066 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 15067 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15068 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 15069 // reported as errors elsewhere. 15070 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 15071 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 15072 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 15073 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 15074 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 15075 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15076 if (IDecl) { 15077 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 15078 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 15079 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 15080 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 15081 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 15082 continue; 15083 } 15084 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 15085 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 15086 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 15087 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 15088 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 15089 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 15090 continue; 15091 } 15092 } 15093 } 15094 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 15095 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 15096 } 15097 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 15098 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 15099 } 15100 } 15101 15102 if (Attr) 15103 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 15104 } 15105 15106 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 15107 /// the given type T. 15108 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 15109 llvm::APSInt &Value, 15110 QualType T) { 15111 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 15112 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 15113 15114 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 15115 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 15116 --BitWidth; 15117 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 15118 } 15119 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 15120 } 15121 15122 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 15123 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 15124 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 15125 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 15126 // enum checking below. 15127 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 15128 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 15129 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 15130 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 15131 }; 15132 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 15133 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 15134 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 15135 }; 15136 15137 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 15138 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 15139 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 15140 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 15141 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 15142 return Types[I]; 15143 15144 return QualType(); 15145 } 15146 15147 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 15148 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 15149 SourceLocation IdLoc, 15150 IdentifierInfo *Id, 15151 Expr *Val) { 15152 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 15153 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 15154 QualType EltTy; 15155 15156 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 15157 Val = nullptr; 15158 15159 if (Val) 15160 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 15161 15162 if (Val) { 15163 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 15164 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 15165 else { 15166 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 15167 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 15168 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 15169 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 15170 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 15171 // constant expression of the underlying type. 15172 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15173 ExprResult Converted = 15174 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 15175 CCEK_Enumerator); 15176 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 15177 Val = nullptr; 15178 else 15179 Val = Converted.get(); 15180 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 15181 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 15182 &EnumVal).get())) { 15183 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 15184 } else { 15185 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15186 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15187 15188 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 15189 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 15190 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 15191 // expression checking. 15192 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 15193 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 15194 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 15195 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 15196 } else 15197 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 15198 } else 15199 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 15200 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 15201 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 15202 .get(); 15203 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15204 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 15205 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15206 // is the type of its initializing value: 15207 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 15208 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 15209 EltTy = Val->getType(); 15210 } else { 15211 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 15212 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 15213 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 15214 // representable as an int. 15215 15216 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 15217 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 15218 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 15219 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 15220 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 15221 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 15222 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 15223 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 15224 } 15225 EltTy = Val->getType(); 15226 } 15227 } 15228 } 15229 } 15230 15231 if (!Val) { 15232 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 15233 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 15234 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 15235 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 15236 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15237 // is the type of its initializing value: 15238 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 15239 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 15240 // 15241 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 15242 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 15243 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15244 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15245 } 15246 else { 15247 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 15248 } 15249 } else { 15250 // Assign the last value + 1. 15251 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15252 ++EnumVal; 15253 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 15254 15255 // Check for overflow on increment. 15256 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 15257 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 15258 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15259 // is the type of its initializing value: 15260 // 15261 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 15262 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 15263 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 15264 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 15265 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 15266 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 15267 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 15268 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 15269 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 15270 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 15271 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15272 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 15273 ++EnumVal; 15274 if (Enum->isFixed()) 15275 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 15276 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 15277 << EnumVal.toString(10) 15278 << EltTy; 15279 else 15280 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 15281 << EnumVal.toString(10); 15282 } else { 15283 EltTy = T; 15284 } 15285 15286 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 15287 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 15288 // value, then increment. 15289 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15290 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 15291 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 15292 ++EnumVal; 15293 15294 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 15295 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 15296 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 15297 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 15298 // integral type. 15299 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 15300 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 15301 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15302 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 15303 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 15304 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 15305 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 15306 } 15307 } 15308 } 15309 15310 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 15311 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 15312 // enumerator's type. 15313 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 15314 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 15315 } 15316 15317 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 15318 Val, EnumVal); 15319 } 15320 15321 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 15322 SourceLocation IILoc) { 15323 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 15324 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15325 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15326 15327 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 15328 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 15329 // skip the body. 15330 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 15331 ForRedeclaration); 15332 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 15333 if (!PrevECD) 15334 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15335 15336 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 15337 NamedDecl *Hidden; 15338 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 15339 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 15340 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 15341 return Skip; 15342 } 15343 15344 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15345 } 15346 15347 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 15348 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 15349 AttributeList *Attr, 15350 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 15351 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 15352 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 15353 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 15354 15355 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 15356 // we find one that is. 15357 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 15358 15359 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 15360 // scope. 15361 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 15362 ForRedeclaration); 15363 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 15364 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 15365 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 15366 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 15367 PrevDecl = nullptr; 15368 } 15369 15370 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 15371 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 15372 // different from T: 15373 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 15374 // enumerated type 15375 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 15376 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 15377 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 15378 15379 EnumConstantDecl *New = 15380 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 15381 if (!New) 15382 return nullptr; 15383 15384 if (PrevDecl) { 15385 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 15386 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 15387 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 15388 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 15389 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 15390 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 15391 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15392 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 15393 else 15394 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 15395 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc); 15396 return nullptr; 15397 } 15398 } 15399 15400 // Process attributes. 15401 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 15402 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 15403 15404 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 15405 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 15406 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 15407 15408 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 15409 15410 return New; 15411 } 15412 15413 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 15414 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 15415 // Element2 = Element1 15416 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 15417 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 15418 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 15419 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 15420 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 15421 if (!InitExpr) 15422 return true; 15423 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 15424 15425 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 15426 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 15427 return true; 15428 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 15429 if (!IL) 15430 return true; 15431 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 15432 return true; 15433 15434 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 15435 } 15436 15437 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 15438 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 15439 if (!DRE) 15440 return true; 15441 15442 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 15443 if (!EnumConstant) 15444 return true; 15445 15446 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 15447 Enum) 15448 return true; 15449 15450 return false; 15451 } 15452 15453 namespace { 15454 struct DupKey { 15455 int64_t val; 15456 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 15457 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 15458 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 15459 }; 15460 15461 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 15462 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 15463 false); 15464 } 15465 15466 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 15467 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 15468 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 15469 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 15470 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 15471 } 15472 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 15473 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 15474 LHS.val == RHS.val; 15475 } 15476 }; 15477 } // end anonymous namespace 15478 15479 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 15480 // a previous element has already been set to. 15481 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15482 EnumDecl *Enum, 15483 QualType EnumType) { 15484 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 15485 return; 15486 // Avoid anonymous enums 15487 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 15488 return; 15489 15490 // Only check for small enums. 15491 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 15492 return; 15493 15494 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 15495 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 15496 15497 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 15498 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 15499 ValueToVectorMap; 15500 15501 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 15502 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 15503 15504 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 15505 // an initialier. 15506 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15507 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15508 15509 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 15510 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 15511 if (!ECD) { 15512 return; 15513 } 15514 15515 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 15516 continue; 15517 15518 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15519 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15520 15521 // First time encountering this value. 15522 if (Entry.isNull()) 15523 Entry = ECD; 15524 } 15525 15526 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 15527 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15528 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15529 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 15530 continue; 15531 15532 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15533 15534 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15535 if (Entry.isNull()) 15536 continue; 15537 15538 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 15539 // Ensure constants are different. 15540 if (D == ECD) 15541 continue; 15542 15543 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 15544 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 15545 Vec->push_back(D); 15546 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15547 15548 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 15549 Entry = Vec; 15550 15551 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 15552 // diagnostics. 15553 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 15554 continue; 15555 } 15556 15557 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 15558 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 15559 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 15560 continue; 15561 15562 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15563 } 15564 15565 // Emit diagnostics. 15566 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 15567 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 15568 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 15569 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 15570 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 15571 15572 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 15573 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 15574 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 15575 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15576 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15577 ++I; 15578 15579 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 15580 // the same value. 15581 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 15582 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 15583 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15584 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15585 delete Vec; 15586 } 15587 } 15588 15589 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 15590 bool AllowMask) const { 15591 assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum"); 15592 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 15593 15594 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 15595 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 15596 15597 if (R.second) { 15598 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 15599 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 15600 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 15601 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 15602 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 15603 } 15604 } 15605 15606 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 15607 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 15608 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 15609 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 15610 // 15611 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 15612 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 15613 // likely a logic error. 15614 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 15615 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 15616 } 15617 15618 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 15619 Decl *EnumDeclX, 15620 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15621 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 15622 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 15623 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 15624 15625 if (Attr) 15626 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 15627 15628 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 15629 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15630 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15631 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15632 if (!ECD) continue; 15633 15634 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15635 } 15636 15637 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 15638 return; 15639 } 15640 15641 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 15642 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 15643 // emit a warning. 15644 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 15645 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 15646 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 15647 15648 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 15649 // reverse the list. 15650 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 15651 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 15652 15653 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 15654 bool AllElementsInt = true; 15655 15656 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15657 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15658 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15659 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15660 15661 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15662 15663 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 15664 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 15665 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 15666 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 15667 else 15668 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 15669 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 15670 15671 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 15672 if (AllElementsInt) 15673 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 15674 } 15675 15676 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 15677 QualType BestType; 15678 unsigned BestWidth; 15679 15680 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 15681 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 15682 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 15683 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 15684 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 15685 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 15686 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 15687 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 15688 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 15689 QualType BestPromotionType; 15690 15691 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 15692 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 15693 // enum definitions. 15694 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 15695 Packed = true; 15696 15697 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15698 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15699 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 15700 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 15701 else 15702 BestPromotionType = BestType; 15703 15704 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 15705 } 15706 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 15707 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 15708 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 15709 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15710 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 15711 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 15712 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15713 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 15714 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 15715 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 15716 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15717 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 15718 BestType = Context.IntTy; 15719 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15720 } else { 15721 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 15722 15723 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 15724 BestType = Context.LongTy; 15725 } else { 15726 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15727 15728 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 15729 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 15730 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 15731 } 15732 } 15733 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 15734 } else { 15735 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 15736 // all of the enumerator values. 15737 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15738 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 15739 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 15740 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15741 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15742 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 15743 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 15744 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15745 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15746 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 15747 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 15748 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15749 BestPromotionType 15750 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15751 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 15752 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 15753 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 15754 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 15755 BestPromotionType 15756 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15757 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 15758 } else { 15759 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15760 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 15761 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 15762 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 15763 BestPromotionType 15764 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15765 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 15766 } 15767 } 15768 15769 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 15770 // the type of the enum if needed. 15771 for (auto *D : Elements) { 15772 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15773 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15774 15775 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 15776 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 15777 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 15778 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 15779 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 15780 15781 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 15782 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15783 15784 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 15785 // the enum decl type. 15786 QualType NewTy; 15787 unsigned NewWidth; 15788 bool NewSign; 15789 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15790 !Enum->isFixed() && 15791 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 15792 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 15793 NewWidth = IntWidth; 15794 NewSign = true; 15795 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 15796 // Already the right type! 15797 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15798 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15799 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15800 // enumeration. 15801 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15802 continue; 15803 } else { 15804 NewTy = BestType; 15805 NewWidth = BestWidth; 15806 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 15807 } 15808 15809 // Adjust the APSInt value. 15810 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 15811 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 15812 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 15813 15814 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 15815 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 15816 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 15817 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 15818 CK_IntegralCast, 15819 ECD->getInitExpr(), 15820 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 15821 VK_RValue)); 15822 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15823 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15824 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15825 // enumeration. 15826 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15827 else 15828 ECD->setType(NewTy); 15829 } 15830 15831 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 15832 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 15833 15834 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 15835 15836 if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) { 15837 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 15838 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15839 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15840 15841 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15842 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 15843 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 15844 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 15845 << ECD << Enum; 15846 } 15847 } 15848 15849 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 15850 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 15851 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 15852 } 15853 15854 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 15855 SourceLocation StartLoc, 15856 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 15857 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 15858 15859 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 15860 AsmString, StartLoc, 15861 EndLoc); 15862 CurContext->addDecl(New); 15863 return New; 15864 } 15865 15866 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 15867 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 15868 bool FromInclude = false) { 15869 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 15870 15871 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 15872 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 15873 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 15874 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 15875 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 15876 break; 15877 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 15878 break; 15879 } 15880 DC = LSD->getParent(); 15881 } 15882 15883 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 15884 DC = DC->getParent(); 15885 15886 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 15887 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 15888 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 15889 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 15890 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 15891 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 15892 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 15893 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 15894 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 15895 << M->getFullModuleName(); 15896 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_extern_c_begins_here); 15897 } 15898 } 15899 15900 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc, 15901 SourceLocation ModuleLoc, 15902 ModuleDeclKind MDK, 15903 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15904 // A module implementation unit requires that we are not compiling a module 15905 // of any kind. A module interface unit requires that we are not compiling a 15906 // module map. 15907 switch (getLangOpts().getCompilingModule()) { 15908 case LangOptions::CMK_None: 15909 // It's OK to compile a module interface as a normal translation unit. 15910 break; 15911 15912 case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface: 15913 if (MDK != ModuleDeclKind::Implementation) 15914 break; 15915 15916 // We were asked to compile a module interface unit but this is a module 15917 // implementation unit. That indicates the 'export' is missing. 15918 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch) 15919 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ModuleLoc, "export "); 15920 break; 15921 15922 case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleMap: 15923 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_decl_in_module_map_module); 15924 return nullptr; 15925 } 15926 15927 // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl and return it. 15928 15929 // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than 15930 // here, in order to support macro import. 15931 15932 // Flatten the dots in a module name. Unlike Clang's hierarchical module map 15933 // modules, the dots here are just another character that can appear in a 15934 // module name. 15935 std::string ModuleName; 15936 for (auto &Piece : Path) { 15937 if (!ModuleName.empty()) 15938 ModuleName += "."; 15939 ModuleName += Piece.first->getName(); 15940 } 15941 15942 // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be 15943 // correct. 15944 if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() && 15945 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) { 15946 Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch) 15947 << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second) 15948 << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15949 return nullptr; 15950 } 15951 const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName; 15952 15953 auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap(); 15954 15955 switch (MDK) { 15956 case ModuleDeclKind::Module: { 15957 // FIXME: Check we're not in a submodule. 15958 15959 // We can't have parsed or imported a definition of this module or parsed a 15960 // module map defining it already. 15961 if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) { 15962 Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName; 15963 if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid()) 15964 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition); 15965 else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile()) 15966 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file) 15967 << FE->getName(); 15968 return nullptr; 15969 } 15970 15971 // Create a Module for the module that we're defining. 15972 Module *Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName); 15973 assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail"); 15974 15975 // Enter the semantic scope of the module. 15976 ActOnModuleBegin(ModuleLoc, Mod); 15977 return nullptr; 15978 } 15979 15980 case ModuleDeclKind::Partition: 15981 // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module. 15982 return nullptr; 15983 15984 case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation: 15985 std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc( 15986 PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second); 15987 15988 DeclResult Import = ActOnModuleImport(ModuleLoc, ModuleLoc, ModuleNameLoc); 15989 if (Import.isInvalid()) 15990 return nullptr; 15991 return ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Import.get()); 15992 } 15993 15994 llvm_unreachable("unexpected module decl kind"); 15995 } 15996 15997 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, 15998 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 15999 ModuleIdPath Path) { 16000 Module *Mod = 16001 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 16002 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 16003 if (!Mod) 16004 return true; 16005 16006 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 16007 16008 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 16009 16010 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 16011 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 16012 // silently ignoring the import. 16013 // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we 16014 // warn on a redundant import of the current module? 16015 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule && 16016 (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS)) 16017 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() 16018 ? diag::err_module_self_import 16019 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 16020 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 16021 16022 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 16023 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 16024 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 16025 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 16026 // We need the length to be consistent. 16027 if (!ModCheck) 16028 break; 16029 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 16030 16031 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 16032 } 16033 16034 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 16035 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, TU, StartLoc, 16036 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 16037 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 16038 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import); 16039 TU->addDecl(Import); 16040 return Import; 16041 } 16042 16043 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 16044 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 16045 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 16046 } 16047 16048 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 16049 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 16050 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 16051 // implementation detail of us building the module. 16052 // 16053 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 16054 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 16055 TUKind == TU_Module && 16056 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 16057 16058 bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes; 16059 16060 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 16061 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 16062 if (ShouldAddImport) { 16063 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 16064 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 16065 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 16066 DirectiveLoc); 16067 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 16068 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD); 16069 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 16070 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 16071 } 16072 16073 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 16074 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 16075 } 16076 16077 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 16078 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 16079 16080 ModuleScopes.push_back({}); 16081 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 16082 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 16083 ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules); 16084 16085 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 16086 16087 // The enclosing context is now part of this module. 16088 // FIXME: Consider creating a child DeclContext to hold the entities 16089 // lexically within the module. 16090 if (getLangOpts().trackLocalOwningModule()) { 16091 for (auto *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getLexicalParent()) { 16092 cast<Decl>(DC)->setHidden(true); 16093 cast<Decl>(DC)->setLocalOwningModule(Mod); 16094 } 16095 } 16096 } 16097 16098 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EomLoc, Module *Mod) { 16099 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 16100 VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules); 16101 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 16102 // is now out of date. 16103 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 16104 } 16105 16106 assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod && 16107 "left the wrong module scope"); 16108 ModuleScopes.pop_back(); 16109 16110 // We got to the end of processing a local module. Create an 16111 // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module. 16112 FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EomLoc); 16113 SourceLocation DirectiveLoc; 16114 if (EomLoc == getSourceManager().getLocForEndOfFile(File)) { 16115 // We reached the end of a #included module header. Use the #include loc. 16116 assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() && 16117 "end of submodule in main source file"); 16118 DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File); 16119 } else { 16120 // We reached an EOM pragma. Use the pragma location. 16121 DirectiveLoc = EomLoc; 16122 } 16123 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 16124 16125 // Any further declarations are in whatever module we returned to. 16126 if (getLangOpts().trackLocalOwningModule()) { 16127 // The parser guarantees that this is the same context that we entered 16128 // the module within. 16129 for (auto *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getLexicalParent()) { 16130 cast<Decl>(DC)->setLocalOwningModule(getCurrentModule()); 16131 if (!getCurrentModule()) 16132 cast<Decl>(DC)->setHidden(false); 16133 } 16134 } 16135 } 16136 16137 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 16138 Module *Mod) { 16139 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 16140 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery || 16141 VisibleModules.isVisible(Mod)) 16142 return; 16143 16144 // Create the implicit import declaration. 16145 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 16146 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 16147 Loc, Mod, Loc); 16148 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 16149 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 16150 16151 // Make the module visible. 16152 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 16153 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 16154 } 16155 16156 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{' 16157 /// (if present). 16158 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, 16159 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 16160 ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc); 16161 16162 // C++ Modules TS draft: 16163 // An export-declaration shall appear in the purview of a module other than 16164 // the global module. 16165 if (ModuleScopes.empty() || !ModuleScopes.back().Module || 16166 ModuleScopes.back().Module->Kind != Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit) 16167 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_not_in_module_interface); 16168 16169 // An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one 16170 // export keyword. 16171 // 16172 // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another 16173 // export-declaration. 16174 if (D->isExported()) 16175 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export); 16176 16177 CurContext->addDecl(D); 16178 PushDeclContext(S, D); 16179 return D; 16180 } 16181 16182 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration. 16183 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 16184 auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D); 16185 if (RBraceLoc.isValid()) 16186 ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 16187 16188 // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including 16189 // anonymous namespace). 16190 16191 PopDeclContext(); 16192 return D; 16193 } 16194 16195 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 16196 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 16197 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 16198 SourceLocation NameLoc, 16199 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 16200 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 16201 LookupOrdinaryName); 16202 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 16203 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 16204 16205 // If a declaration that: 16206 // 1) declares a function or a variable 16207 // 2) has external linkage 16208 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 16209 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 16210 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 16211 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 16212 else 16213 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 16214 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 16215 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 16216 } else 16217 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 16218 } 16219 16220 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 16221 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 16222 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 16223 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 16224 16225 if (PrevDecl) { 16226 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 16227 } else { 16228 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 16229 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 16230 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 16231 } 16232 } 16233 16234 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 16235 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 16236 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 16237 SourceLocation NameLoc, 16238 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 16239 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 16240 LookupOrdinaryName); 16241 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 16242 16243 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 16244 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 16245 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 16246 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 16247 } else { 16248 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 16249 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 16250 } 16251 } 16252 16253 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 16254 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 16255 } 16256